1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H
5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation
13 #include <linux/ethtool.h>
14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h>
15 #include <linux/netdevice.h>
16 #include <linux/debugfs.h>
17 #include <linux/list.h>
18 #include <linux/bug.h>
19 #include <linux/netlink.h>
20 #include <linux/skbuff.h>
21 #include <linux/nl80211.h>
22 #include <linux/if_ether.h>
23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
24 #include <linux/net.h>
25 #include <linux/rfkill.h>
26 #include <net/regulatory.h>
31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
44 * DOC: Device registration
46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
68 * wireless hardware capability structures
72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
78 * sending probe requests or beaconing.
79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted
104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted
106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted
108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted
110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted
114 enum ieee80211_channel_flags
{
115 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED
= 1<<0,
116 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
= 1<<1,
118 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR
= 1<<3,
119 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS
= 1<<4,
120 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS
= 1<<5,
121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM
= 1<<6,
122 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ
= 1<<7,
123 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ
= 1<<8,
124 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY
= 1<<9,
125 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT
= 1<<10,
126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ
= 1<<11,
127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ
= 1<<12,
128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE
= 1<<13,
129 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ
= 1<<14,
130 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ
= 1<<15,
131 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ
= 1<<16,
132 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ
= 1<<17,
133 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ
= 1<<18,
136 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
137 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
139 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
140 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
143 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
145 * This structure describes a single channel for use
148 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
149 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
150 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
151 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
152 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
153 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
154 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
155 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
156 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
157 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
158 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
159 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
160 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
161 * @orig_mag: internal use
162 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
163 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
165 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
166 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
168 struct ieee80211_channel
{
169 enum nl80211_band band
;
174 int max_antenna_gain
;
179 int orig_mag
, orig_mpwr
;
180 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state
;
181 unsigned long dfs_state_entered
;
182 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms
;
186 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
188 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
189 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
190 * different bands/PHY modes.
192 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
193 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
195 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
196 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
197 * core code when registering the wiphy.
198 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
199 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
200 * core code when registering the wiphy.
201 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
202 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
203 * core code when registering the wiphy.
204 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
206 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
208 enum ieee80211_rate_flags
{
209 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE
= 1<<0,
210 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A
= 1<<1,
211 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B
= 1<<2,
212 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G
= 1<<3,
213 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G
= 1<<4,
214 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ
= 1<<5,
215 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ
= 1<<6,
219 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
221 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
222 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
223 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
224 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
225 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
227 enum ieee80211_bss_type
{
228 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS
,
229 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS
,
230 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS
,
231 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS
,
232 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
236 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
238 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
239 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
240 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
242 enum ieee80211_privacy
{
243 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON
,
244 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF
,
245 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
248 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
249 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
252 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
254 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
255 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
256 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
259 * @flags: rate-specific flags
260 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
261 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
262 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
263 * short preamble is used
265 struct ieee80211_rate
{
268 u16 hw_value
, hw_value_short
;
272 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
274 * @enable: is the feature enabled.
275 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element.
276 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset
277 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
278 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
279 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by
281 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values
282 * used by members of the SRG
284 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd
{
287 u8 non_srg_max_offset
;
290 u8 bss_color_bitmap
[8];
291 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap
[8];
295 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
297 * @color: the current color.
298 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used
299 * @partial: define the AID equation.
301 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color
{
308 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
310 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
311 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
313 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
314 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
315 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
316 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
317 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
319 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap
{
320 u16 cap
; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
324 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs
;
328 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
330 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
331 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
333 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
334 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
335 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
337 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap
{
339 u32 cap
; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
340 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs
;
343 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25
346 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
348 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
349 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
351 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
352 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
353 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
354 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
356 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap
{
358 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem
;
359 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp
;
360 u8 ppe_thres
[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN
];
364 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type
366 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
367 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the
368 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
370 * @types_mask: interface types mask
371 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
372 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
373 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
374 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise
375 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data
376 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length
378 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
{
380 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap
;
381 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa
;
389 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
391 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
392 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
393 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
394 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
395 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
396 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
397 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
398 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
400 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
402 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
404 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
405 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
406 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
407 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
409 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config
{
410 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4
= 4,
411 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5
= 5,
412 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6
= 6,
413 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7
= 7,
414 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8
= 8,
415 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9
= 9,
416 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10
= 10,
417 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11
= 11,
418 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12
= 12,
419 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13
= 13,
420 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14
= 14,
421 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15
= 15,
425 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
427 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
428 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
430 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
431 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
432 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
433 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
434 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
435 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
437 struct ieee80211_edmg
{
439 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config
;
443 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities
445 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
446 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA.
448 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA
449 * @cap: S1G capabilities information
450 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set
452 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap
{
454 u8 cap
[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */
459 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
461 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
462 * is able to operate in.
464 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with
466 * @band: the band this structure represents
467 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
468 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
469 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
470 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
471 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
472 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
473 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
474 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band
475 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
476 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course)
477 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
478 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in
479 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
480 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
483 struct ieee80211_supported_band
{
484 struct ieee80211_channel
*channels
;
485 struct ieee80211_rate
*bitrates
;
486 enum nl80211_band band
;
489 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap
;
490 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap
;
491 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap
;
492 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap
;
494 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
*iftype_data
;
498 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
499 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
500 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
502 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
504 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
*
505 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band
*sband
,
510 if (WARN_ON(iftype
>= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX
))
513 for (i
= 0; i
< sband
->n_iftype_data
; i
++) {
514 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
*data
=
515 &sband
->iftype_data
[i
];
517 if (data
->types_mask
& BIT(iftype
))
525 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
526 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
527 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
529 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
531 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap
*
532 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band
*sband
,
535 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
*data
=
536 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband
, iftype
);
538 if (data
&& data
->he_cap
.has_he
)
539 return &data
->he_cap
;
545 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
546 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
547 * @iftype: the iftype to search for
549 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
552 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band
*sband
,
553 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
)
555 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
*data
=
556 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband
, iftype
);
558 if (WARN_ON(!data
|| !data
->he_cap
.has_he
))
561 return data
->he_6ghz_capa
.capa
;
565 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
567 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
569 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
570 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
571 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
573 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
574 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
575 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
576 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
577 * without affecting other devices.
579 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
580 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
581 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
584 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
585 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
586 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
589 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
593 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
597 * DOC: Actions and configuration
599 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
600 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
601 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
602 * operations use are described separately.
604 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
605 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
607 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
608 * in a separate chapter.
611 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
612 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
615 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
616 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
617 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
618 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
619 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
620 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
621 * determine the address as needed.
622 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
623 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
624 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
625 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
626 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
627 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
628 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
633 u8 macaddr
[ETH_ALEN
];
634 const u8
*vht_mumimo_groups
;
635 const u8
*vht_mumimo_follow_addr
;
639 * struct key_params - key information
641 * Information about a key
644 * @key_len: length of key material
645 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
646 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
647 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
648 * length given by @seq_len.
649 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
650 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
651 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
660 enum nl80211_key_mode mode
;
664 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
665 * @chan: the (control) channel
666 * @width: channel width
667 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
668 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
669 * (only with 80+80 MHz)
670 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
671 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
672 * chan will define the primary channel and all other
673 * parameters are ignored.
674 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
676 struct cfg80211_chan_def
{
677 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
;
678 enum nl80211_chan_width width
;
681 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg
;
686 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
688 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask
{
691 u8 ht_mcs
[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN
];
692 u16 vht_mcs
[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX
];
693 u16 he_mcs
[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX
];
694 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi
;
695 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi
;
696 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf
;
697 } control
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
702 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
703 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
705 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
706 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
707 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
708 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
709 * @retry_long: retry count value
710 * @retry_short: retry count value
711 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
712 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
713 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
714 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type
715 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID
717 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg
{
718 bool config_override
;
721 enum nl80211_tid_config noack
;
722 u8 retry_long
, retry_short
;
723 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu
;
724 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts
;
725 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu
;
726 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type
;
727 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask
;
731 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
732 * @peer: Station's MAC address
733 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
734 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
736 struct cfg80211_tid_config
{
739 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf
[];
743 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
744 * @chandef: the channel definition
746 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
747 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
749 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
750 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
752 switch (chandef
->width
) {
753 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT
:
754 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT
;
755 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20
:
756 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20
;
757 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40
:
758 if (chandef
->center_freq1
> chandef
->chan
->center_freq
)
759 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
;
760 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS
;
763 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT
;
768 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
769 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
770 * @channel: the control channel
771 * @chantype: the channel type
773 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
775 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
776 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
,
777 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype
);
780 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
781 * @chandef1: first channel definition
782 * @chandef2: second channel definition
784 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
785 * identical, %false otherwise.
788 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef1
,
789 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef2
)
791 return (chandef1
->chan
== chandef2
->chan
&&
792 chandef1
->width
== chandef2
->width
&&
793 chandef1
->center_freq1
== chandef2
->center_freq1
&&
794 chandef1
->freq1_offset
== chandef2
->freq1_offset
&&
795 chandef1
->center_freq2
== chandef2
->center_freq2
);
799 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
801 * @chandef: the channel definition
803 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
806 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
808 return chandef
->edmg
.channels
|| chandef
->edmg
.bw_config
;
812 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
813 * @chandef1: first channel definition
814 * @chandef2: second channel definition
816 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
817 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
819 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*
820 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef1
,
821 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef2
);
824 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
825 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
826 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
828 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
831 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
832 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
833 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
834 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
835 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
837 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
838 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
839 u32 prohibited_flags
);
842 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
843 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
844 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
845 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
847 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
849 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
850 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
851 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
);
854 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
856 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
857 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
859 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
861 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
863 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
864 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
866 switch (chandef
->width
) {
867 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5
:
868 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ
;
869 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10
:
870 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ
;
878 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
880 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
881 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
882 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
884 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
886 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
889 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
891 switch (chandef
->width
) {
892 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5
:
893 return min(chandef
->chan
->max_reg_power
- 6,
894 chandef
->chan
->max_power
);
895 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10
:
896 return min(chandef
->chan
->max_reg_power
- 3,
897 chandef
->chan
->max_power
);
901 return chandef
->chan
->max_power
;
905 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels
906 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for
907 * @band_mask: which bands to check on
908 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable,
909 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account
911 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
912 unsigned long band_mask
,
913 u32 prohibited_flags
);
916 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
918 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
919 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
920 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
921 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
922 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
923 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
924 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
925 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
926 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
928 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
929 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
931 enum survey_info_flags
{
932 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM
= BIT(0),
933 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE
= BIT(1),
934 SURVEY_INFO_TIME
= BIT(2),
935 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
= BIT(3),
936 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
= BIT(4),
937 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
= BIT(5),
938 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
= BIT(6),
939 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN
= BIT(7),
940 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX
= BIT(8),
944 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
946 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
947 * record to report global statistics
948 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
949 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
951 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
952 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
953 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
954 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
955 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
956 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
957 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
959 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
961 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
962 * channel duty cycle etc.
965 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
;
977 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4
980 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
981 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
982 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
983 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
984 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
985 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
986 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
987 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
988 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
989 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
990 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
991 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
992 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
993 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
994 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
996 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
997 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
998 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
1000 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
1001 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
1002 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
1003 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
1004 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
1006 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
1007 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation:
1009 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
1010 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any
1011 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in
1014 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
1015 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only
1017 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
1018 * Allow hash-to-element only
1020 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
1021 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element
1023 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings
{
1026 int n_ciphers_pairwise
;
1027 u32 ciphers_pairwise
[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES
];
1029 u32 akm_suites
[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES
];
1031 __be16 control_port_ethertype
;
1032 bool control_port_no_encrypt
;
1033 bool control_port_over_nl80211
;
1034 bool control_port_no_preauth
;
1035 struct key_params
*wep_keys
;
1040 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe
;
1044 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
1045 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
1046 * or %NULL if not changed
1047 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
1048 * or %NULL if not changed
1049 * @head_len: length of @head
1050 * @tail_len: length of @tail
1051 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
1052 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
1053 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
1055 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
1056 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
1057 * Response frames or %NULL
1058 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
1059 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
1060 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
1061 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
1062 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
1063 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
1064 * (measurement type 8)
1065 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
1066 * Token (measurement type 11)
1067 * @lci_len: LCI data length
1068 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
1070 struct cfg80211_beacon_data
{
1071 const u8
*head
, *tail
;
1072 const u8
*beacon_ies
;
1073 const u8
*proberesp_ies
;
1074 const u8
*assocresp_ies
;
1075 const u8
*probe_resp
;
1080 size_t head_len
, tail_len
;
1081 size_t beacon_ies_len
;
1082 size_t proberesp_ies_len
;
1083 size_t assocresp_ies_len
;
1084 size_t probe_resp_len
;
1086 size_t civicloc_len
;
1089 struct mac_address
{
1094 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
1096 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
1097 * entry specified by mac_addr
1098 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
1099 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
1101 struct cfg80211_acl_data
{
1102 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy
;
1106 struct mac_address mac_addrs
[];
1110 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
1111 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
1113 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1114 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1115 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1116 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action
1119 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery
{
1127 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe
1128 * response parameters in 6GHz.
1130 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned
1131 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive
1133 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1134 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response
1136 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp
{
1143 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
1145 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
1147 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
1149 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
{
1150 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT
= BIT(0),
1154 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
1156 * Used to configure an AP interface.
1158 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1159 * @beacon: beacon data
1160 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1161 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
1162 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
1164 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
1165 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1166 * @crypto: crypto settings
1167 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
1168 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1169 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
1170 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
1171 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
1172 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
1173 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
1174 * MAC address based access control
1175 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
1177 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1178 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
1179 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
1180 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1181 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
1182 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
1183 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
1184 * @he_required: stations must support HE
1185 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE
1186 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
1187 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
1188 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
1189 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1190 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
1191 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
1193 struct cfg80211_ap_settings
{
1194 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
1196 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon
;
1198 int beacon_interval
, dtim_period
;
1201 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid
;
1202 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto
;
1204 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type
;
1205 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode
;
1206 int inactivity_timeout
;
1209 const struct cfg80211_acl_data
*acl
;
1211 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate
;
1213 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap
*ht_cap
;
1214 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap
*vht_cap
;
1215 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem
*he_cap
;
1216 const struct ieee80211_he_operation
*he_oper
;
1217 bool ht_required
, vht_required
, he_required
, sae_h2e_required
;
1220 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd
;
1221 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color
;
1222 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery
;
1223 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp
;
1227 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1229 * Used for channel switch
1231 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1232 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1233 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1234 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1235 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1236 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1237 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1238 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1239 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1240 * @count: number of beacons until switch
1242 struct cfg80211_csa_settings
{
1243 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
1244 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa
;
1245 const u16
*counter_offsets_beacon
;
1246 const u16
*counter_offsets_presp
;
1247 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon
;
1248 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp
;
1249 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after
;
1250 bool radar_required
;
1256 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings
1258 * Used for bss color change
1260 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown
1261 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1262 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1263 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change
1264 * @count: number of beacons until the color change
1265 * @color: the color used after the change
1267 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings
{
1268 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change
;
1269 u16 counter_offset_beacon
;
1270 u16 counter_offset_presp
;
1271 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next
;
1277 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1279 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1281 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1282 * to use for verification
1283 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1284 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1285 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1286 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1287 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1289 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1290 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1293 struct iface_combination_params
{
1294 int num_different_channels
;
1296 int iftype_num
[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES
];
1301 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1302 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1303 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1304 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1306 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1307 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1309 enum station_parameters_apply_mask
{
1310 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD
= BIT(0),
1311 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY
= BIT(1),
1312 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE
= BIT(2),
1313 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER
= BIT(3),
1317 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1319 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1321 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1322 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1323 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1324 * power per-interface or per-station.
1325 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1326 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1327 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1328 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1333 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type
;
1337 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1339 * Used to change and create a new station.
1341 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1342 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1343 * (or NULL for no change)
1344 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1345 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1346 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1347 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1348 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1349 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1350 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1351 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1352 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1353 * @plink_action: plink action to take
1354 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1355 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1356 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1357 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1358 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1359 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1360 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1361 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1362 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1363 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1364 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1366 * @capability: station capability
1367 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1368 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1369 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1370 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1371 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1372 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1373 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1374 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1375 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1376 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1377 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1378 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1379 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
1380 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
1382 struct station_parameters
{
1383 const u8
*supported_rates
;
1384 struct net_device
*vlan
;
1385 u32 sta_flags_mask
, sta_flags_set
;
1386 u32 sta_modify_mask
;
1387 int listen_interval
;
1391 u8 supported_rates_len
;
1394 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap
*ht_capa
;
1395 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap
*vht_capa
;
1398 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm
;
1400 const u8
*ext_capab
;
1402 const u8
*supported_channels
;
1403 u8 supported_channels_len
;
1404 const u8
*supported_oper_classes
;
1405 u8 supported_oper_classes_len
;
1407 bool opmode_notif_used
;
1409 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem
*he_capa
;
1412 struct sta_txpwr txpwr
;
1413 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa
*he_6ghz_capa
;
1417 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1419 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1421 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1422 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1423 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1424 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1426 struct station_del_parameters
{
1433 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1434 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1435 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1436 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1437 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1438 * the AP MLME in the device
1439 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1440 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1441 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1442 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1443 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1445 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1446 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1447 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1448 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1450 enum cfg80211_station_type
{
1451 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT
,
1452 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC
,
1453 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT
,
1454 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA
,
1456 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP
,
1457 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE
,
1458 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL
,
1459 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER
,
1463 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1464 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1465 * @params: the new parameters for a station
1466 * @statype: the type of station being modified
1468 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1469 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1470 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1471 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1472 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1474 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
1475 struct station_parameters
*params
,
1476 enum cfg80211_station_type statype
);
1479 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags
1481 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1482 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1484 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1485 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1486 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1487 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1488 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1489 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1490 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS
1492 enum rate_info_flags
{
1493 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS
= BIT(0),
1494 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS
= BIT(1),
1495 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI
= BIT(2),
1496 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG
= BIT(3),
1497 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS
= BIT(4),
1498 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG
= BIT(5),
1499 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG
= BIT(6),
1503 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1505 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1507 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1508 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1509 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1510 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1511 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1512 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1513 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1516 RATE_INFO_BW_20
= 0,
1526 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1528 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1530 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1531 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1532 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1533 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1534 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1535 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1536 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1537 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1538 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1539 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1554 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags
1556 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1557 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1559 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1560 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1561 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1563 enum bss_param_flags
{
1564 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT
= 1<<0,
1565 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE
= 1<<1,
1566 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
= 1<<2,
1570 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1572 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1574 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1575 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1576 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1578 struct sta_bss_parameters
{
1581 u16 beacon_interval
;
1585 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1586 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1587 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1588 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1589 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1590 * @flows: number of new flows seen
1591 * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1592 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1593 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1594 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1595 * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1596 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1597 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1598 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1600 struct cfg80211_txq_stats
{
1603 u32 backlog_packets
;
1616 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1617 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1618 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1619 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1620 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1621 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1623 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1624 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1626 struct cfg80211_tid_stats
{
1630 u64 tx_msdu_retries
;
1632 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats
;
1635 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
1638 * struct station_info - station information
1640 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1642 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1643 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1644 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1645 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1646 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1647 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1648 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1649 * @llid: mesh local link id
1650 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1651 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1652 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1653 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1654 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1655 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1656 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1657 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1658 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1659 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1660 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1661 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1662 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1663 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1664 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1665 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
1666 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1667 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1668 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
1669 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1670 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1671 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1672 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1673 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1674 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1675 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1676 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1677 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1678 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1679 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1680 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1681 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1682 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1683 * towards this station.
1684 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1685 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1687 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1688 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1689 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1690 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1691 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1692 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1693 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1694 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1695 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1697 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1698 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1699 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1700 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1701 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1702 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server
1704 struct station_info
{
1718 s8 chain_signal
[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS
];
1719 s8 chain_signal_avg
[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS
];
1721 struct rate_info txrate
;
1722 struct rate_info rxrate
;
1727 u32 rx_dropped_misc
;
1728 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param
;
1729 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags
;
1733 const u8
*assoc_req_ies
;
1734 size_t assoc_req_ies_len
;
1736 u32 beacon_loss_count
;
1738 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm
;
1739 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm
;
1740 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm
;
1742 u32 expected_throughput
;
1747 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg
;
1748 u8 connected_to_gate
;
1750 struct cfg80211_tid_stats
*pertid
;
1759 u32 airtime_link_metric
;
1765 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit
1766 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm
1767 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to
1769 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs
{
1771 u32 freq_range_index
;
1775 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs
1776 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types
1777 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs
1778 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs
1780 struct cfg80211_sar_specs
{
1781 enum nl80211_sar_type type
;
1783 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs
[];
1788 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges
1789 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency
1790 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency
1792 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges
{
1798 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability
1799 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types
1800 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges
1801 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges.
1803 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing
1804 * range to small ones and then append them.
1806 struct cfg80211_sar_capa
{
1807 enum nl80211_sar_type type
;
1808 u32 num_freq_ranges
;
1809 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges
*freq_ranges
;
1812 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1814 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1815 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1816 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1817 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1819 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1820 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1821 * considered undefined.
1823 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
1824 struct station_info
*sinfo
);
1826 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device
*dev
,
1828 struct station_info
*sinfo
)
1835 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1837 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1838 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1840 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1841 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1842 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1843 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1844 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1845 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1846 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1848 enum monitor_flags
{
1849 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED
= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID
,
1850 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL
,
1851 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL
,
1852 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL
,
1853 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS
,
1854 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES
,
1855 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE
,
1859 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
1861 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1862 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1864 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1865 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1866 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1867 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1868 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1869 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1870 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1871 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1872 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1874 enum mpath_info_flags
{
1875 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN
= BIT(0),
1876 MPATH_INFO_SN
= BIT(1),
1877 MPATH_INFO_METRIC
= BIT(2),
1878 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME
= BIT(3),
1879 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT
= BIT(4),
1880 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES
= BIT(5),
1881 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS
= BIT(6),
1882 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT
= BIT(7),
1883 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE
= BIT(8),
1887 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1889 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1891 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1892 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1893 * @sn: target sequence number
1894 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1895 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1896 * @flags: mesh path flags
1897 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1898 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1899 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1900 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1901 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1902 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1903 * @hop_count: hops to destination
1904 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1912 u32 discovery_timeout
;
1913 u8 discovery_retries
;
1916 u32 path_change_count
;
1922 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1924 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1926 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1927 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1928 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1929 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1930 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1931 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1932 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1933 * (or NULL for no change)
1934 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1935 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1936 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1937 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1938 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1939 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1940 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1942 struct bss_parameters
{
1944 int use_short_preamble
;
1945 int use_short_slot_time
;
1946 const u8
*basic_rates
;
1950 s8 p2p_ctwindow
, p2p_opp_ps
;
1954 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1956 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1958 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1959 * by the Mesh Peering Open message
1960 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1961 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1962 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1963 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1964 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1966 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1967 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1968 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1969 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1971 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1972 * detect compatible mesh peers
1973 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1974 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1975 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1976 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1977 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1978 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1979 * a path discovery in milliseconds
1980 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1981 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1982 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1983 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1984 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1986 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1987 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1989 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1990 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1991 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1992 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1993 * announcements are transmitted
1994 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1995 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1996 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1997 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1998 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1999 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
2000 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
2001 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
2002 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
2003 * station to establish a peer link
2004 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
2006 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
2007 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
2008 * the root mesh STA to be valid.
2010 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
2011 * PREQs are transmitted.
2012 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
2013 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
2014 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
2015 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
2016 * setting for new peer links.
2017 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
2018 * after transmitting its beacon.
2019 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
2020 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
2021 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
2022 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
2023 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the
2024 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
2025 * in the mesh path table
2026 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP
2027 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might
2028 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So
2029 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
2030 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
2032 struct mesh_config
{
2033 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout
;
2034 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout
;
2035 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout
;
2036 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks
;
2037 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries
;
2040 bool auto_open_plinks
;
2041 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor
;
2042 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries
;
2043 u32 path_refresh_time
;
2044 u16 min_discovery_timeout
;
2045 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout
;
2046 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval
;
2047 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval
;
2048 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime
;
2049 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode
;
2050 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate
;
2051 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer
;
2052 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval
;
2053 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol
;
2054 bool dot11MeshForwarding
;
2057 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout
;
2058 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval
;
2059 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval
;
2060 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode
;
2061 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration
;
2063 bool dot11MeshNolearn
;
2067 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
2068 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
2069 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
2070 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
2071 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
2072 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
2073 * @path_metric: which metric to use
2074 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
2075 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
2076 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
2077 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
2078 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
2079 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
2080 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
2081 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2082 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
2083 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
2084 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
2085 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2086 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2087 * to operate on DFS channels.
2088 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2089 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2091 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
2094 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
2103 bool is_authenticated
;
2107 u16 beacon_interval
;
2108 int mcast_rate
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
2110 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate
;
2111 bool userspace_handles_dfs
;
2112 bool control_port_over_nl80211
;
2116 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
2117 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
2119 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
2122 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
2126 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
2127 * @ac: AC identifier
2128 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
2129 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2131 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2133 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
2135 struct ieee80211_txq_params
{
2144 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
2146 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
2147 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
2148 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
2149 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
2150 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
2151 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
2152 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
2153 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
2154 * in the wiphy structure.
2156 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
2157 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
2158 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
2160 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
2161 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
2162 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
2167 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
2169 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
2171 struct cfg80211_ssid
{
2172 u8 ssid
[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN
];
2177 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
2178 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
2179 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
2180 * information is not available, this field is left zero.
2181 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
2182 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
2183 * userspace will be notified of that
2185 struct cfg80211_scan_info
{
2187 u8 tsf_bssid
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2192 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only
2194 * @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for
2195 * @bssid: bssid to scan for
2196 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request
2197 * which the above info relvant to
2198 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU
2199 * @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used
2200 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait
2201 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests.
2203 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params
{
2207 bool unsolicited_probe
;
2208 bool short_ssid_valid
;
2213 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
2215 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
2216 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2217 * @channels: channels to scan on.
2218 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2219 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2220 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2221 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2222 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
2223 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
2224 * the actual dwell time may be shorter.
2225 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
2227 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2228 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
2229 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2230 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
2231 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
2232 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
2233 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
2234 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
2235 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2236 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2237 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2238 * be taken from the @mac_addr
2239 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only,
2240 * true if this is the second scan request
2241 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params
2242 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params
2243 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
2245 struct cfg80211_scan_request
{
2246 struct cfg80211_ssid
*ssids
;
2249 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
;
2253 bool duration_mandatory
;
2256 u32 rates
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
2258 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
;
2260 u8 mac_addr
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2261 u8 mac_addr_mask
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2262 u8 bssid
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2265 struct wiphy
*wiphy
;
2266 unsigned long scan_start
;
2267 struct cfg80211_scan_info info
;
2272 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params
*scan_6ghz_params
;
2275 struct ieee80211_channel
*channels
[];
2278 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8
*buf
, const u8
*addr
, const u8
*mask
)
2282 get_random_bytes(buf
, ETH_ALEN
);
2283 for (i
= 0; i
< ETH_ALEN
; i
++) {
2285 buf
[i
] |= addr
[i
] & mask
[i
];
2290 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
2292 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
2293 * or no match (RSSI only)
2294 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
2295 * or no match (RSSI only)
2296 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
2297 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
2298 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
2299 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
2300 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
2301 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
2302 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
2303 * corresponding matchset.
2305 struct cfg80211_match_set
{
2306 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid
;
2309 s32 per_band_rssi_thold
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
2313 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2315 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2316 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2318 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2319 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2321 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan
{
2327 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2329 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2330 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2332 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust
{
2333 enum nl80211_band band
;
2338 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2340 * @reqid: identifies this request.
2341 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2342 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2343 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2344 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2345 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2346 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2347 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2348 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2349 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2350 * (others are filtered out).
2351 * If ommited, all results are passed.
2352 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2353 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2354 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2355 * @dev: the interface
2356 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2357 * @channels: channels to scan
2358 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2359 * contains the minimum over all matchsets
2360 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2361 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2362 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2363 * be taken from the @mac_addr
2364 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2365 * index must be executed first.
2366 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2367 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2368 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2369 * owned by a particular socket)
2370 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2371 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2372 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2373 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2374 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2376 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2377 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2378 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2379 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2380 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2381 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2382 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2383 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2384 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2387 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request
{
2389 struct cfg80211_ssid
*ssids
;
2392 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
;
2396 struct cfg80211_match_set
*match_sets
;
2400 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan
*scan_plans
;
2403 u8 mac_addr
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2404 u8 mac_addr_mask
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2406 bool relative_rssi_set
;
2408 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust
;
2411 struct wiphy
*wiphy
;
2412 struct net_device
*dev
;
2413 unsigned long scan_start
;
2414 bool report_results
;
2415 struct rcu_head rcu_head
;
2418 struct list_head list
;
2421 struct ieee80211_channel
*channels
[];
2425 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2427 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2428 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2429 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2431 enum cfg80211_signal_type
{
2432 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE
,
2433 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM
,
2434 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC
,
2438 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2439 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2440 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2441 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2443 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2444 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2445 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2446 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2447 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2448 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2449 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2450 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2452 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2453 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2454 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2455 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2457 struct cfg80211_inform_bss
{
2458 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
;
2459 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
;
2463 u8 parent_bssid
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2465 s8 chain_signal
[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS
];
2469 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2470 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2471 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2472 * @len: length of the IEs
2473 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2476 struct cfg80211_bss_ies
{
2478 struct rcu_head rcu_head
;
2485 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2487 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2488 * for use in scan results and similar.
2490 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2491 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2492 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2493 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2494 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2495 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2496 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2497 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2498 * received. It is always non-%NULL.
2499 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2500 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2501 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2502 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2503 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2504 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2505 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2506 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2507 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2508 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2509 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2510 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2511 * (multi-BSSID support)
2512 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2513 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2514 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2515 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2516 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2517 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2519 struct cfg80211_bss
{
2520 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
;
2521 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
;
2523 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu
*ies
;
2524 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu
*beacon_ies
;
2525 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu
*proberesp_ies
;
2527 struct cfg80211_bss
*hidden_beacon_bss
;
2528 struct cfg80211_bss
*transmitted_bss
;
2529 struct list_head nontrans_list
;
2533 u16 beacon_interval
;
2538 s8 chain_signal
[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS
];
2541 u8 max_bssid_indicator
;
2543 u8 priv
[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2547 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2548 * @bss: the bss to search
2549 * @id: the element ID
2551 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2552 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2553 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2555 const struct element
*ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
, u8 id
);
2558 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2559 * @bss: the bss to search
2560 * @id: the element ID
2562 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2563 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2564 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2566 static inline const u8
*ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
, u8 id
)
2568 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss
, id
);
2573 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2575 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2578 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2579 * to it if it needs to keep it.
2580 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2581 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2582 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2583 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2584 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2585 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2586 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2587 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2588 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2589 * transaction sequence number field.
2590 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2592 struct cfg80211_auth_request
{
2593 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
;
2596 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type
;
2598 u8 key_len
, key_idx
;
2599 const u8
*auth_data
;
2600 size_t auth_data_len
;
2604 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2606 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
2607 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
2608 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2609 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2610 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2611 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2612 * request (connect callback).
2613 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE
2615 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
{
2616 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT
= BIT(0),
2617 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT
= BIT(1),
2618 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM
= BIT(2),
2619 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT
= BIT(3),
2620 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE
= BIT(4),
2624 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2626 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2628 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2629 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2630 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2631 * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2632 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2633 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2634 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2635 * @crypto: crypto settings
2636 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2637 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2638 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2639 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2640 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2642 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2643 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2644 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2645 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2646 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2647 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2648 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2649 * %NULL if FILS is not used.
2650 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2651 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2652 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2653 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2654 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override
2655 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask
2657 struct cfg80211_assoc_request
{
2658 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
;
2659 const u8
*ie
, *prev_bssid
;
2661 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto
;
2664 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa
;
2665 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask
;
2666 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa
, vht_capa_mask
;
2668 size_t fils_kek_len
;
2669 const u8
*fils_nonces
;
2670 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa
, s1g_capa_mask
;
2674 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2676 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2679 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2680 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2681 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2682 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2683 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2684 * do not set a deauth frame
2686 struct cfg80211_deauth_request
{
2691 bool local_state_change
;
2695 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2697 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2700 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2701 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2702 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2703 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2704 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2705 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2707 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request
{
2708 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
;
2712 bool local_state_change
;
2716 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2718 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2721 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2722 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2723 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2724 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2725 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2726 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2727 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
2728 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2729 * @ie_len: length of that
2730 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2731 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2733 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2734 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2735 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2736 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2737 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2738 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2739 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2740 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2741 * to operate on DFS channels.
2742 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2743 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2744 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2745 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2746 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2747 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2748 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2749 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2751 struct cfg80211_ibss_params
{
2754 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
2756 u8 ssid_len
, ie_len
;
2757 u16 beacon_interval
;
2762 bool control_port_over_nl80211
;
2763 bool userspace_handles_dfs
;
2764 int mcast_rate
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
2765 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa
;
2766 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask
;
2767 struct key_params
*wep_keys
;
2772 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2774 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2775 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2776 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2777 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2779 struct cfg80211_bss_selection
{
2780 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour
;
2782 enum nl80211_band band_pref
;
2783 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust
;
2788 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2790 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2791 * authentication and association.
2793 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2795 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2796 * %NULL if not specified
2797 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2799 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2800 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2801 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2804 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2805 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2806 * @ie: IEs for association request
2807 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2808 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2809 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2810 * @crypto: crypto settings
2811 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2812 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2813 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2814 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2815 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
2816 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2817 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2818 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2819 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2820 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
2821 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2822 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2824 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2825 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2826 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2827 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2828 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2829 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2831 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2832 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2834 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2835 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2836 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2837 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2838 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2839 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2840 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2841 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2842 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2843 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2844 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2845 * offload of 4-way handshake.
2846 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2847 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2848 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2850 struct cfg80211_connect_params
{
2851 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
;
2852 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel_hint
;
2854 const u8
*bssid_hint
;
2857 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type
;
2861 enum nl80211_mfp mfp
;
2862 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto
;
2864 u8 key_len
, key_idx
;
2867 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa
;
2868 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask
;
2869 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa
;
2870 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask
;
2872 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select
;
2873 const u8
*prev_bssid
;
2874 const u8
*fils_erp_username
;
2875 size_t fils_erp_username_len
;
2876 const u8
*fils_erp_realm
;
2877 size_t fils_erp_realm_len
;
2878 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num
;
2879 const u8
*fils_erp_rrk
;
2880 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len
;
2882 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg
;
2886 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2888 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2889 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2891 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2892 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2893 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2894 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2896 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed
{
2897 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES
= BIT(0),
2898 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO
= BIT(1),
2899 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE
= BIT(2),
2903 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2904 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2905 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2906 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2907 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2908 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2909 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2910 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2911 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2912 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2914 enum wiphy_params_flags
{
2915 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT
= 1 << 0,
2916 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG
= 1 << 1,
2917 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD
= 1 << 2,
2918 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD
= 1 << 3,
2919 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS
= 1 << 4,
2920 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK
= 1 << 5,
2921 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT
= 1 << 6,
2922 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT
= 1 << 7,
2923 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM
= 1 << 8,
2926 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256
2928 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
2929 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000
2930 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000
2932 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
2933 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000
2936 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2938 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2941 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2942 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2943 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2944 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2945 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2946 * the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2947 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2948 * cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2949 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2950 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2951 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2953 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
2954 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
2955 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
2956 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
2957 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
2958 * used for it expires.
2959 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
2960 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
2961 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
2962 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
2963 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
2965 struct cfg80211_pmksa
{
2974 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold
;
2978 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2979 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2980 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2981 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2982 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2983 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2985 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2986 * memory, free @mask only!
2988 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern
{
2989 const u8
*mask
, *pattern
;
2995 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2997 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2998 * @src: source IP address
2999 * @dst: destination IP address
3000 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
3001 * @src_port: source port
3002 * @dst_port: destination port
3003 * @payload_len: data payload length
3004 * @payload: data payload buffer
3005 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
3006 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
3007 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
3008 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
3009 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
3010 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
3011 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
3013 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp
{
3014 struct socket
*sock
;
3016 u16 src_port
, dst_port
;
3017 u8 dst_mac
[ETH_ALEN
];
3020 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq
;
3023 const u8
*wake_data
, *wake_mask
;
3025 /* must be last, variable member */
3026 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok
;
3030 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
3032 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
3033 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
3034 * operating as normal during suspend
3035 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
3036 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
3037 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
3038 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
3039 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
3040 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
3041 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
3042 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
3043 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
3044 * NULL if not configured.
3045 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
3047 struct cfg80211_wowlan
{
3048 bool any
, disconnect
, magic_pkt
, gtk_rekey_failure
,
3049 eap_identity_req
, four_way_handshake
,
3051 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern
*patterns
;
3052 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp
*tcp
;
3054 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request
*nd_config
;
3058 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
3060 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
3061 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
3062 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
3063 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
3064 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
3065 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
3067 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules
{
3069 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition
;
3070 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern
*patterns
;
3075 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
3077 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
3078 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
3079 * @n_rules: number of rules
3081 struct cfg80211_coalesce
{
3082 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules
*rules
;
3087 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
3089 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
3090 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
3091 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
3092 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
3095 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match
{
3096 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid
;
3102 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
3104 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
3105 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
3106 * match information.
3107 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
3108 * the matches that triggered the wake up.
3110 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info
{
3112 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match
*matches
[];
3116 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
3117 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
3118 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
3119 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
3120 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
3121 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
3122 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
3123 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
3124 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
3125 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
3126 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
3127 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
3128 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
3129 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
3131 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
3132 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
3133 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
3134 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
3136 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup
{
3137 bool disconnect
, magic_pkt
, gtk_rekey_failure
,
3138 eap_identity_req
, four_way_handshake
,
3139 rfkill_release
, packet_80211
,
3140 tcp_match
, tcp_connlost
, tcp_nomoretokens
;
3142 u32 packet_present_len
, packet_len
;
3144 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info
*net_detect
;
3148 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
3149 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes)
3150 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes)
3151 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
3152 * @kek_len: length of kek
3153 * @kck_len length of kck
3154 * @akm: akm (oui, id)
3156 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data
{
3157 const u8
*kek
, *kck
, *replay_ctr
;
3159 u8 kek_len
, kck_len
;
3163 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
3165 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
3167 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
3168 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
3169 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
3171 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params
{
3178 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
3180 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
3182 * @chan: channel to use
3183 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
3184 * @wait: duration for ROC
3185 * @buf: buffer to transmit
3186 * @len: buffer length
3187 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
3188 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
3189 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
3190 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
3192 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params
{
3193 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
;
3199 bool dont_wait_for_ack
;
3201 const u16
*csa_offsets
;
3205 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
3207 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
3208 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
3210 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception
{
3216 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
3218 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3219 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3221 struct cfg80211_dscp_range
{
3226 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
3227 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
3228 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
3229 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
3230 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
3233 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
3235 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
3237 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
3238 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
3239 * the user priority DSCP range definition
3240 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
3242 struct cfg80211_qos_map
{
3244 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception
[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX
];
3245 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up
[8];
3249 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
3251 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
3253 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
3254 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
3255 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3256 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3258 struct cfg80211_nan_conf
{
3264 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
3267 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
3268 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
3270 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes
{
3271 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF
= BIT(0),
3272 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS
= BIT(1),
3276 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
3278 * @filter: the content of the filter
3279 * @len: the length of the filter
3281 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter
{
3287 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
3289 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
3290 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
3291 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
3292 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
3293 * implementation specific.
3294 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
3295 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
3296 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
3297 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
3298 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
3299 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
3300 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
3301 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
3302 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
3303 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
3304 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
3305 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
3306 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
3307 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
3308 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
3309 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
3310 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
3311 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
3312 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
3313 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
3315 struct cfg80211_nan_func
{
3316 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type
;
3317 u8 service_id
[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN
];
3321 bool subscribe_active
;
3324 struct mac_address followup_dest
;
3326 const u8
*serv_spec_info
;
3327 u8 serv_spec_info_len
;
3332 struct mac_address
*srf_macs
;
3334 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter
*rx_filters
;
3335 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter
*tx_filters
;
3343 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3345 * @aa: authenticator address
3346 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3347 * @pmk: the PMK material
3348 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3349 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3352 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf
{
3356 const u8
*pmk_r0_name
;
3360 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3362 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3364 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3365 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3366 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3367 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3368 * authentication response command interface.
3369 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
3370 * authentication response command interface.
3371 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3372 * authentication request event interface.
3373 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3374 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3375 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3376 * response command interface (user space to driver).
3377 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3379 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params
{
3380 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action
;
3381 u8 bssid
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
3382 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid
;
3383 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite
;
3389 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3391 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3392 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3393 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3395 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3396 * successfully answered
3397 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3398 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3399 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions
3400 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3401 * of how much time the responder was busy
3402 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3403 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3405 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3406 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3407 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3409 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats
{
3416 u64 total_duration_ms
;
3417 u32 unknown_triggers_num
;
3418 u32 reschedule_requests_num
;
3419 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num
;
3423 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3424 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3425 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3426 * reason than just "failure"
3427 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3428 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3429 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3430 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3431 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3432 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3434 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3435 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3436 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3437 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3438 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3439 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3440 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3441 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3442 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3443 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3444 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3445 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3446 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3447 * the square root of the variance)
3448 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3449 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3450 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3451 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3452 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3453 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3454 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3455 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3456 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3457 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3458 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3459 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3460 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3461 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3462 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3463 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3464 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3466 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result
{
3469 unsigned int lci_len
;
3470 unsigned int civicloc_len
;
3471 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason
;
3472 u32 num_ftmr_attempts
, num_ftmr_successes
;
3480 struct rate_info tx_rate
, rx_rate
;
3488 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid
:1,
3489 num_ftmr_successes_valid
:1,
3491 rssi_spread_valid
:1,
3495 rtt_variance_valid
:1,
3498 dist_variance_valid
:1,
3499 dist_spread_valid
:1;
3503 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3504 * @addr: address of the peer
3505 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3506 * measurement was made)
3507 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3508 * @status: status of the measurement
3509 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3510 * reporting partial results always set this flag
3511 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3512 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3513 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3514 * they're all aggregated for userspace.
3516 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result
{
3517 u64 host_time
, ap_tsf
;
3518 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status
;
3525 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type
;
3528 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm
;
3533 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3534 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3535 * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3536 * @burst_period: burst period to use
3537 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3538 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3539 * @burst_duration: burst duration
3540 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3541 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3542 * @request_lci: request LCI information
3543 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3544 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
3545 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3546 * EDCA based ranging will be used.
3547 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
3548 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3549 * EDCA based ranging will be used.
3550 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either
3551 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set.
3552 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to
3553 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if
3554 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set.
3556 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3558 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
{
3559 enum nl80211_preamble preamble
;
3566 non_trigger_based
:1,
3576 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3577 * @addr: MAC address
3578 * @chandef: channel to use
3579 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3580 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3582 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer
{
3584 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
3586 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm
;
3590 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3591 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3592 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3593 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3594 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3595 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3596 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3597 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3598 * be taken from the @mac_addr
3599 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3600 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3601 * zero it means there's no timeout
3602 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3603 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3605 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request
{
3613 u8 mac_addr
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
3614 u8 mac_addr_mask
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
3616 struct list_head list
;
3618 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers
[];
3622 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3624 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3625 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3627 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3629 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3631 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3632 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3633 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3634 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3635 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3636 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3637 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3638 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3640 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info
{
3641 u8 peer
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
3648 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data
3649 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
3650 * for the entire device
3651 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
3652 * for the given interface
3653 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes
3654 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface
3655 * for these subtypes
3657 struct mgmt_frame_regs
{
3658 u32 global_stypes
, interface_stypes
;
3659 u32 global_mcast_stypes
, interface_mcast_stypes
;
3663 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3665 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3666 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3668 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3669 * on success or a negative error code.
3671 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be
3672 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied
3673 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering,
3674 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers.
3676 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3677 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3678 * configured for the device.
3679 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3680 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3681 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3684 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3685 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3686 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3687 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3688 * also set the address member in the wdev.
3689 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
3691 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3692 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
3694 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3695 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3696 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes.
3698 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3699 * when adding a group key.
3701 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3702 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3703 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3704 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3705 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3707 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3708 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3710 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3712 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3714 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface
3716 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3718 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3719 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3720 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3721 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3723 * @add_station: Add a new station.
3724 * @del_station: Remove a station
3725 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3726 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3727 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3728 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3729 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3730 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3731 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3733 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3734 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3735 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3736 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3737 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3738 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3739 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3740 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3741 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3742 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3743 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3745 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3747 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3748 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3749 * set, and which to leave alone.
3751 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3753 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3755 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3756 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3757 * join the mesh instead.
3759 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3760 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3761 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3762 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3764 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3765 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3766 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3767 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3768 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3769 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3771 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3772 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3773 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3774 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3775 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3776 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3777 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3778 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3780 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3781 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3782 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3783 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3784 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3786 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3787 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3788 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3789 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3790 * frame instead of Association Request frame.
3791 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3792 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3793 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3794 * indication of requesting reassociation.
3795 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3796 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3797 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3798 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3799 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3800 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3801 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3802 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3803 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3804 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3805 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3806 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3807 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3808 * case connection was already established (invoked with the
3809 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3811 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3812 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3814 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3815 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3816 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3818 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3821 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3822 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3823 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3824 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3826 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3827 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3828 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3829 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3830 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3831 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3832 * return 0 if successful
3834 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3835 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3837 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3839 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3840 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3841 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3842 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3843 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3844 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3845 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3846 * the duration value.
3847 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3848 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3849 * frame on another channel
3851 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3852 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3853 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3854 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3855 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3856 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3857 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3859 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3861 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3862 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3863 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3864 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3865 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3866 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3867 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3868 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3869 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3870 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3871 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3873 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3874 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
3875 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
3876 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3877 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3878 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3880 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3881 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3882 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3883 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3884 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3885 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3886 * stop (when this method returns 0).
3888 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame
3889 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3891 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3892 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3893 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3894 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3896 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3898 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3899 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3901 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3902 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3904 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3906 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3907 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3908 * current monitoring channel.
3910 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3911 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3913 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3914 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3915 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3916 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3917 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3918 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3920 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3922 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
3923 * was finished on another phy.
3925 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3926 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3927 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3929 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3930 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3931 * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3932 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3933 * reliability. This operation can not fail.
3934 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3936 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3937 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3938 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3939 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3940 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3941 * as soon as possible.
3943 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3945 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3946 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3947 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3949 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3950 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3951 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3953 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3954 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3955 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3956 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3958 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3960 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3961 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3962 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3963 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3965 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3966 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3967 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3968 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3969 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3970 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3971 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3972 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3973 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3974 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3975 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3976 * cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3977 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3978 * provided @nan_func.
3979 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3980 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3981 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3982 * All other parameters must be ignored.
3984 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3986 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3987 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3989 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3990 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3991 * upon which the driver should clear it.
3992 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3993 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3994 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3996 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3999 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
4000 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
4002 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
4003 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
4004 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
4005 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
4007 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
4008 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
4009 * DH IE through this interface.
4011 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
4012 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
4013 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
4014 * This callback may sleep.
4015 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
4016 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
4018 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
4020 * @color_change: Initiate a color change.
4022 struct cfg80211_ops
{
4023 int (*suspend
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct cfg80211_wowlan
*wow
);
4024 int (*resume
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
4025 void (*set_wakeup
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, bool enabled
);
4027 struct wireless_dev
* (*add_virtual_intf
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4029 unsigned char name_assign_type
,
4030 enum nl80211_iftype type
,
4031 struct vif_params
*params
);
4032 int (*del_virtual_intf
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4033 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
4034 int (*change_virtual_intf
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4035 struct net_device
*dev
,
4036 enum nl80211_iftype type
,
4037 struct vif_params
*params
);
4039 int (*add_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
4040 u8 key_index
, bool pairwise
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
4041 struct key_params
*params
);
4042 int (*get_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
4043 u8 key_index
, bool pairwise
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
4045 void (*callback
)(void *cookie
, struct key_params
*));
4046 int (*del_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
4047 u8 key_index
, bool pairwise
, const u8
*mac_addr
);
4048 int (*set_default_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4049 struct net_device
*netdev
,
4050 u8 key_index
, bool unicast
, bool multicast
);
4051 int (*set_default_mgmt_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4052 struct net_device
*netdev
,
4054 int (*set_default_beacon_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4055 struct net_device
*netdev
,
4058 int (*start_ap
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4059 struct cfg80211_ap_settings
*settings
);
4060 int (*change_beacon
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4061 struct cfg80211_beacon_data
*info
);
4062 int (*stop_ap
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
);
4065 int (*add_station
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4067 struct station_parameters
*params
);
4068 int (*del_station
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4069 struct station_del_parameters
*params
);
4070 int (*change_station
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4072 struct station_parameters
*params
);
4073 int (*get_station
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4074 const u8
*mac
, struct station_info
*sinfo
);
4075 int (*dump_station
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4076 int idx
, u8
*mac
, struct station_info
*sinfo
);
4078 int (*add_mpath
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4079 const u8
*dst
, const u8
*next_hop
);
4080 int (*del_mpath
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4082 int (*change_mpath
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4083 const u8
*dst
, const u8
*next_hop
);
4084 int (*get_mpath
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4085 u8
*dst
, u8
*next_hop
, struct mpath_info
*pinfo
);
4086 int (*dump_mpath
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4087 int idx
, u8
*dst
, u8
*next_hop
,
4088 struct mpath_info
*pinfo
);
4089 int (*get_mpp
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4090 u8
*dst
, u8
*mpp
, struct mpath_info
*pinfo
);
4091 int (*dump_mpp
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4092 int idx
, u8
*dst
, u8
*mpp
,
4093 struct mpath_info
*pinfo
);
4094 int (*get_mesh_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4095 struct net_device
*dev
,
4096 struct mesh_config
*conf
);
4097 int (*update_mesh_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4098 struct net_device
*dev
, u32 mask
,
4099 const struct mesh_config
*nconf
);
4100 int (*join_mesh
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4101 const struct mesh_config
*conf
,
4102 const struct mesh_setup
*setup
);
4103 int (*leave_mesh
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
);
4105 int (*join_ocb
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4106 struct ocb_setup
*setup
);
4107 int (*leave_ocb
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
);
4109 int (*change_bss
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4110 struct bss_parameters
*params
);
4112 int (*set_txq_params
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4113 struct ieee80211_txq_params
*params
);
4115 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4116 struct net_device
*dev
,
4117 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
);
4119 int (*set_monitor_channel
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4120 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
4122 int (*scan
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4123 struct cfg80211_scan_request
*request
);
4124 void (*abort_scan
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
4126 int (*auth
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4127 struct cfg80211_auth_request
*req
);
4128 int (*assoc
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4129 struct cfg80211_assoc_request
*req
);
4130 int (*deauth
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4131 struct cfg80211_deauth_request
*req
);
4132 int (*disassoc
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4133 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request
*req
);
4135 int (*connect
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4136 struct cfg80211_connect_params
*sme
);
4137 int (*update_connect_params
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4138 struct net_device
*dev
,
4139 struct cfg80211_connect_params
*sme
,
4141 int (*disconnect
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4144 int (*join_ibss
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4145 struct cfg80211_ibss_params
*params
);
4146 int (*leave_ibss
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
);
4148 int (*set_mcast_rate
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4149 int rate
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
]);
4151 int (*set_wiphy_params
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u32 changed
);
4153 int (*set_tx_power
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4154 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type
, int mbm
);
4155 int (*get_tx_power
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4158 void (*rfkill_poll
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
4160 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
4161 int (*testmode_cmd
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4162 void *data
, int len
);
4163 int (*testmode_dump
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct sk_buff
*skb
,
4164 struct netlink_callback
*cb
,
4165 void *data
, int len
);
4168 int (*set_bitrate_mask
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4169 struct net_device
*dev
,
4171 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask
*mask
);
4173 int (*dump_survey
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
4174 int idx
, struct survey_info
*info
);
4176 int (*set_pmksa
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
4177 struct cfg80211_pmksa
*pmksa
);
4178 int (*del_pmksa
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
4179 struct cfg80211_pmksa
*pmksa
);
4180 int (*flush_pmksa
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
);
4182 int (*remain_on_channel
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4183 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4184 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
,
4185 unsigned int duration
,
4187 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4188 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4191 int (*mgmt_tx
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4192 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params
*params
,
4194 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4195 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4198 int (*set_power_mgmt
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4199 bool enabled
, int timeout
);
4201 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4202 struct net_device
*dev
,
4203 s32 rssi_thold
, u32 rssi_hyst
);
4205 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4206 struct net_device
*dev
,
4207 s32 rssi_low
, s32 rssi_high
);
4209 int (*set_cqm_txe_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4210 struct net_device
*dev
,
4211 u32 rate
, u32 pkts
, u32 intvl
);
4213 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4214 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4215 struct mgmt_frame_regs
*upd
);
4217 int (*set_antenna
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u32 tx_ant
, u32 rx_ant
);
4218 int (*get_antenna
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u32
*tx_ant
, u32
*rx_ant
);
4220 int (*sched_scan_start
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4221 struct net_device
*dev
,
4222 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request
*request
);
4223 int (*sched_scan_stop
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4226 int (*set_rekey_data
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4227 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data
*data
);
4229 int (*tdls_mgmt
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4230 const u8
*peer
, u8 action_code
, u8 dialog_token
,
4231 u16 status_code
, u32 peer_capability
,
4232 bool initiator
, const u8
*buf
, size_t len
);
4233 int (*tdls_oper
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4234 const u8
*peer
, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper
);
4236 int (*probe_client
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4237 const u8
*peer
, u64
*cookie
);
4239 int (*set_noack_map
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4240 struct net_device
*dev
,
4243 int (*get_channel
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4244 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4245 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
4247 int (*start_p2p_device
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4248 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
4249 void (*stop_p2p_device
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4250 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
4252 int (*set_mac_acl
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4253 const struct cfg80211_acl_data
*params
);
4255 int (*start_radar_detection
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4256 struct net_device
*dev
,
4257 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
4259 void (*end_cac
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4260 struct net_device
*dev
);
4261 int (*update_ft_ies
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4262 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params
*ftie
);
4263 int (*crit_proto_start
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4264 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4265 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol
,
4267 void (*crit_proto_stop
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4268 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
4269 int (*set_coalesce
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4270 struct cfg80211_coalesce
*coalesce
);
4272 int (*channel_switch
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4273 struct net_device
*dev
,
4274 struct cfg80211_csa_settings
*params
);
4276 int (*set_qos_map
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4277 struct net_device
*dev
,
4278 struct cfg80211_qos_map
*qos_map
);
4280 int (*set_ap_chanwidth
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4281 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
4283 int (*add_tx_ts
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4284 u8 tsid
, const u8
*peer
, u8 user_prio
,
4286 int (*del_tx_ts
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4287 u8 tsid
, const u8
*peer
);
4289 int (*tdls_channel_switch
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4290 struct net_device
*dev
,
4291 const u8
*addr
, u8 oper_class
,
4292 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
4293 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4294 struct net_device
*dev
,
4296 int (*start_nan
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4297 struct cfg80211_nan_conf
*conf
);
4298 void (*stop_nan
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
4299 int (*add_nan_func
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4300 struct cfg80211_nan_func
*nan_func
);
4301 void (*del_nan_func
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4303 int (*nan_change_conf
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4304 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4305 struct cfg80211_nan_conf
*conf
,
4308 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4309 struct net_device
*dev
,
4310 const bool enabled
);
4312 int (*get_txq_stats
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4313 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4314 struct cfg80211_txq_stats
*txqstats
);
4316 int (*set_pmk
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4317 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf
*conf
);
4318 int (*del_pmk
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4320 int (*external_auth
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4321 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params
*params
);
4323 int (*tx_control_port
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4324 struct net_device
*dev
,
4325 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
,
4326 const u8
*dest
, const __be16 proto
,
4327 const bool noencrypt
,
4330 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4331 struct net_device
*dev
,
4332 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats
*ftm_stats
);
4334 int (*start_pmsr
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4335 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request
*request
);
4336 void (*abort_pmsr
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4337 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request
*request
);
4338 int (*update_owe_info
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4339 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info
*owe_info
);
4340 int (*probe_mesh_link
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4341 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
);
4342 int (*set_tid_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4343 struct cfg80211_tid_config
*tid_conf
);
4344 int (*reset_tid_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4345 const u8
*peer
, u8 tids
);
4346 int (*set_sar_specs
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4347 struct cfg80211_sar_specs
*sar
);
4348 int (*color_change
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4349 struct net_device
*dev
,
4350 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings
*params
);
4354 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
4355 * and registration/helper functions
4359 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
4361 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split
4362 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB.
4363 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
4365 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
4366 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
4367 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
4368 * reason to override the default
4369 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
4370 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
4371 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
4372 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
4373 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
4374 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
4375 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
4376 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
4377 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
4378 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
4379 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
4381 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
4382 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
4383 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
4384 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
4385 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
4386 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
4387 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
4388 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
4389 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
4390 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
4391 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
4392 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
4393 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
4394 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
4395 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
4396 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
4397 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
4398 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
4399 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
4400 * before connection.
4401 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys
4404 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK
= BIT(0),
4406 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ
= BIT(2),
4407 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK
= BIT(3),
4408 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT
= BIT(4),
4409 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP
= BIT(5),
4410 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION
= BIT(6),
4411 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL
= BIT(7),
4412 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN
= BIT(8),
4413 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH
= BIT(10),
4414 /* use hole at 11 */
4415 /* use hole at 12 */
4416 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM
= BIT(13),
4417 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD
= BIT(14),
4418 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
= BIT(15),
4419 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP
= BIT(16),
4420 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME
= BIT(17),
4421 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS
= BIT(18),
4422 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD
= BIT(19),
4423 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX
= BIT(20),
4424 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL
= BIT(21),
4425 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ
= BIT(22),
4426 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH
= BIT(23),
4427 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP
= BIT(24),
4431 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4432 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4433 * @types: interface types (bits)
4435 struct ieee80211_iface_limit
{
4441 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4443 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4444 * combinations it supports concurrently.
4448 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4452 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4453 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4454 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4456 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4457 * .limits = limits1,
4458 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4459 * .max_interfaces = 2,
4460 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4464 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4468 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4469 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4470 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4472 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4473 * .limits = limits2,
4474 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4475 * .max_interfaces = 8,
4476 * .num_different_channels = 1,
4480 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4482 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4486 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4487 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4488 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4489 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4491 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4492 * .limits = limits3,
4493 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4494 * .max_interfaces = 4,
4495 * .num_different_channels = 2,
4499 struct ieee80211_iface_combination
{
4502 * limits for the given interface types
4504 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit
*limits
;
4507 * @num_different_channels:
4508 * can use up to this many different channels
4510 u32 num_different_channels
;
4514 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4520 * number of limitations
4525 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4526 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4527 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4529 bool beacon_int_infra_match
;
4532 * @radar_detect_widths:
4533 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4535 u8 radar_detect_widths
;
4538 * @radar_detect_regions:
4539 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4541 u8 radar_detect_regions
;
4544 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4545 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4548 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4550 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4551 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4552 * combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4554 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd
;
4557 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes
{
4562 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4563 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4564 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4565 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4566 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4567 * packet should be preserved in that case
4568 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4570 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4571 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4572 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4573 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4574 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4575 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4576 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4578 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
{
4579 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY
= BIT(0),
4580 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT
= BIT(1),
4581 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT
= BIT(2),
4582 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY
= BIT(3),
4583 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE
= BIT(4),
4584 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ
= BIT(5),
4585 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE
= BIT(6),
4586 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE
= BIT(7),
4587 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT
= BIT(8),
4590 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support
{
4591 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature
*tok
;
4592 u32 data_payload_max
;
4593 u32 data_interval_max
;
4594 u32 wake_payload_max
;
4599 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4600 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4601 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4602 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4603 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4604 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4605 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4606 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4607 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4609 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4611 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4613 struct wiphy_wowlan_support
{
4616 int pattern_max_len
;
4617 int pattern_min_len
;
4619 int max_nd_match_sets
;
4620 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support
*tcp
;
4624 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4625 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4626 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4627 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4628 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4629 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4630 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4631 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4633 struct wiphy_coalesce_support
{
4637 int pattern_max_len
;
4638 int pattern_min_len
;
4643 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4644 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4645 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4646 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4647 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4649 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
{
4650 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV
= BIT(0),
4651 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV
= BIT(1),
4652 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING
= BIT(2),
4656 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4658 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4659 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4660 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4663 enum wiphy_opmode_flag
{
4664 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED
= BIT(0),
4665 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED
= BIT(1),
4666 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED
= BIT(2),
4670 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4671 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4672 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4673 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4674 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4677 struct sta_opmode_info
{
4679 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode
;
4680 enum nl80211_chan_width bw
;
4684 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4687 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4688 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4689 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4690 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4691 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4692 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4693 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4694 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4696 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4697 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4698 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4699 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4700 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4701 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4702 * are used with dump requests.
4704 struct wiphy_vendor_command
{
4705 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info
;
4707 int (*doit
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4708 const void *data
, int data_len
);
4709 int (*dumpit
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4710 struct sk_buff
*skb
, const void *data
, int data_len
,
4711 unsigned long *storage
);
4712 const struct nla_policy
*policy
;
4713 unsigned int maxattr
;
4717 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4718 * @iftype: interface type
4719 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4720 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4721 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4722 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4723 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4724 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4725 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4727 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab
{
4728 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
;
4729 const u8
*extended_capabilities
;
4730 const u8
*extended_capabilities_mask
;
4731 u8 extended_capabilities_len
;
4735 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4736 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4737 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4738 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4739 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4740 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4741 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4742 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4743 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4744 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4745 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4746 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4747 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4748 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4749 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4751 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4752 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4754 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities
{
4755 unsigned int max_peers
;
4757 randomize_mac_addr
:1;
4762 s8 max_bursts_exponent
;
4763 u8 max_ftms_per_burst
;
4770 non_trigger_based
:1;
4775 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
4776 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
4777 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
4779 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
4780 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
4781 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4783 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites
{
4785 const u32
*akm_suites
;
4790 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4791 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device
4792 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4793 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4794 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4795 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4796 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4797 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4798 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4799 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4800 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4801 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4802 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
4803 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
4804 * iftype_akm_suites.
4805 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4806 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
4807 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
4808 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
4809 * instances of iftype_akm_suites).
4810 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
4811 * suites are specified separately.
4812 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4813 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4814 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4815 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4816 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4817 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4818 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4819 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4820 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4821 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4822 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4823 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4824 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4825 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4826 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4827 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4828 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4829 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4830 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4831 * unregister hardware
4832 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
4833 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
4834 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
4835 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
4837 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4838 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4839 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4840 * must be set by driver
4841 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4842 * list single interface types.
4843 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4844 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4845 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4846 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4847 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4848 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4849 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4850 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4851 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4852 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4853 * this variable determines its size
4854 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4856 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4857 * the device can run concurrently.
4858 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4859 * for in any given scheduled scan
4860 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4861 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4863 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4864 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4865 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
4866 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4868 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4869 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4870 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4871 * single scan plan supported by the device.
4872 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4873 * scan plan supported by the device.
4874 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4875 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4876 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4877 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4878 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4879 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4880 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4882 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4883 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4886 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4887 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4888 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4890 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4891 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4892 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4894 * @probe_resp_offload:
4895 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4896 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4897 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4899 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4900 * may request, if implemented.
4902 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4903 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4904 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4905 * to the suspend() operation instead.
4907 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4908 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4909 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4910 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4911 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4913 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4914 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4916 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4919 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4920 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4921 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4922 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4923 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4924 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4925 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4926 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4927 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4928 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4929 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4930 * capabilities are specified separately.
4931 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4933 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4934 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4935 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4936 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4938 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4939 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4940 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4941 * some cases, but may not always reach.
4943 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4944 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
4945 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4947 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4948 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4949 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4951 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4952 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
4953 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4954 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4956 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4957 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4958 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4960 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
4963 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4964 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4965 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4966 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4968 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4970 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
4972 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4973 * supported by the driver for each vif
4974 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4975 * supported by the driver for each peer
4976 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
4977 * long/short retry configuration
4979 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
4980 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
4981 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
4982 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities
4983 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure
4988 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4990 u8 perm_addr
[ETH_ALEN
];
4991 u8 addr_mask
[ETH_ALEN
];
4993 struct mac_address
*addresses
;
4995 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes
*mgmt_stypes
;
4997 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination
*iface_combinations
;
4998 int n_iface_combinations
;
4999 u16 software_iftypes
;
5003 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
5004 u16 interface_modes
;
5006 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs
;
5008 u32 flags
, regulatory_flags
, features
;
5009 u8 ext_features
[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES
, 8)];
5013 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type
;
5017 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs
;
5018 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids
;
5020 u16 max_scan_ie_len
;
5021 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len
;
5022 u32 max_sched_scan_plans
;
5023 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval
;
5024 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations
;
5026 int n_cipher_suites
;
5027 const u32
*cipher_suites
;
5030 const u32
*akm_suites
;
5032 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites
*iftype_akm_suites
;
5033 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites
;
5041 char fw_version
[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN
];
5045 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support
*wowlan
;
5046 struct cfg80211_wowlan
*wowlan_config
;
5049 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration
;
5053 u32 available_antennas_tx
;
5054 u32 available_antennas_rx
;
5056 u32 probe_resp_offload
;
5058 const u8
*extended_capabilities
, *extended_capabilities_mask
;
5059 u8 extended_capabilities_len
;
5061 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab
*iftype_ext_capab
;
5062 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab
;
5066 struct ieee80211_supported_band
*bands
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
5068 void (*reg_notifier
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
5069 struct regulatory_request
*request
);
5071 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
5073 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu
*regd
;
5079 struct dentry
*debugfsdir
;
5081 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap
*ht_capa_mod_mask
;
5082 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap
*vht_capa_mod_mask
;
5084 struct list_head wdev_list
;
5086 possible_net_t _net
;
5088 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5089 const struct iw_handler_def
*wext
;
5092 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support
*coalesce
;
5094 const struct wiphy_vendor_command
*vendor_commands
;
5095 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info
*vendor_events
;
5096 int n_vendor_commands
, n_vendor_events
;
5098 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta
;
5100 u8 max_num_csa_counters
;
5102 u32 bss_select_support
;
5104 u8 nan_supported_bands
;
5107 u32 txq_memory_limit
;
5110 unsigned long tx_queue_len
;
5112 u8 support_mbssid
:1,
5113 support_only_he_mbssid
:1;
5115 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities
*pmsr_capa
;
5120 } tid_config_support
;
5122 u8 max_data_retry_count
;
5124 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa
*sar_capa
;
5126 struct rfkill
*rfkill
;
5128 char priv
[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN
);
5131 static inline struct net
*wiphy_net(struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
5133 return read_pnet(&wiphy
->_net
);
5136 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net
*net
)
5138 write_pnet(&wiphy
->_net
, net
);
5142 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
5144 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
5145 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
5147 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
5150 return &wiphy
->priv
;
5154 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
5156 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
5157 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
5159 static inline struct wiphy
*priv_to_wiphy(void *priv
)
5162 return container_of(priv
, struct wiphy
, priv
);
5166 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
5168 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
5169 * @dev: The device to parent it to
5171 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct device
*dev
)
5173 wiphy
->dev
.parent
= dev
;
5177 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
5179 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
5180 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
5182 static inline struct device
*wiphy_dev(struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
5184 return wiphy
->dev
.parent
;
5188 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
5190 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
5191 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
5193 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
5195 return dev_name(&wiphy
->dev
);
5199 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5201 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5202 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5203 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
5204 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
5206 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5207 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5209 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5210 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5212 struct wiphy
*wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops
*ops
, int sizeof_priv
,
5213 const char *requested_name
);
5216 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5218 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5219 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5221 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5222 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5224 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5225 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5227 static inline struct wiphy
*wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops
*ops
,
5230 return wiphy_new_nm(ops
, sizeof_priv
, NULL
);
5234 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
5236 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
5238 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
5240 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
5242 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */
5243 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx)
5246 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking
5247 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
5248 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
5250 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock()
5251 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference().
5253 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \
5254 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
5257 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx
5258 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on
5259 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing
5261 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the
5262 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates.
5264 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \
5265 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx))
5268 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy
5269 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from
5271 const struct ieee80211_regdomain
*get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
5274 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
5276 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
5278 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
5279 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
5280 * request that is being handled.
5282 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
5285 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
5287 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
5289 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
5291 /* internal structs */
5292 struct cfg80211_conn
;
5293 struct cfg80211_internal_bss
;
5294 struct cfg80211_cached_keys
;
5295 struct cfg80211_cqm_config
;
5298 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy
5299 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock
5301 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and
5302 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls,
5303 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is
5304 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called.
5306 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked.
5308 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
5309 __acquires(&wiphy
->mtx
)
5311 mutex_lock(&wiphy
->mtx
);
5312 __acquire(&wiphy
->mtx
);
5316 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again
5317 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock
5319 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
5320 __releases(&wiphy
->mtx
)
5322 __release(&wiphy
->mtx
);
5323 mutex_unlock(&wiphy
->mtx
);
5327 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
5329 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
5330 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
5331 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
5332 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
5333 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device,
5334 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or
5335 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops
5336 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.)
5338 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
5339 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
5340 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
5341 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
5343 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
5344 * @iftype: interface type
5345 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211
5346 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock
5348 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
5349 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
5350 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
5351 * wireless device if it has no netdev
5352 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5353 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
5354 * the user-set channel definition.
5355 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
5356 * track the channel to be used for AP later
5357 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5358 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5359 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5360 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5361 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5362 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
5363 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
5364 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
5365 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
5366 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
5367 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
5368 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
5369 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
5370 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
5371 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
5372 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
5373 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
5374 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
5375 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
5376 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
5377 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
5378 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
5379 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
5380 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated,
5381 * need to propagate the update to the driver
5382 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
5383 * and some API functions require it held
5384 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
5385 * beacons, 0 when not valid
5386 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
5387 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
5389 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
5390 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
5391 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
5392 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
5393 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
5394 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
5395 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
5396 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
5397 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
5398 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
5399 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
5400 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
5401 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
5402 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
5403 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
5404 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
5405 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
5406 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
5407 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
5408 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
5409 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
5410 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
5411 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
5412 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last
5413 * unprotected beacon report
5415 struct wireless_dev
{
5416 struct wiphy
*wiphy
;
5417 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
;
5419 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
5420 struct list_head list
;
5421 struct net_device
*netdev
;
5425 struct list_head mgmt_registrations
;
5426 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock
;
5427 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update
:1;
5431 bool use_4addr
, is_running
, registered
, registering
;
5433 u8 address
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(sizeof(u16
));
5435 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
5436 u8 ssid
[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN
];
5437 u8 ssid_len
, mesh_id_len
, mesh_id_up_len
;
5438 struct cfg80211_conn
*conn
;
5439 struct cfg80211_cached_keys
*connect_keys
;
5440 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type
;
5441 u32 conn_owner_nlportid
;
5443 struct work_struct disconnect_wk
;
5444 u8 disconnect_bssid
[ETH_ALEN
];
5446 struct list_head event_list
;
5447 spinlock_t event_lock
;
5449 struct cfg80211_internal_bss
*current_bss
; /* associated / joined */
5450 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef
;
5451 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
5454 bool ibss_dfs_possible
;
5459 int beacon_interval
;
5461 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid
;
5467 unsigned long cac_start_time
;
5468 unsigned int cac_time_ms
;
5470 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5473 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss
;
5474 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect
;
5475 struct cfg80211_cached_keys
*keys
;
5479 u8 prev_bssid
[ETH_ALEN
];
5480 u8 ssid
[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN
];
5481 s8 default_key
, default_mgmt_key
;
5482 bool prev_bssid_valid
;
5486 struct cfg80211_cqm_config
*cqm_config
;
5488 struct list_head pmsr_list
;
5489 spinlock_t pmsr_lock
;
5490 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk
;
5492 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported
;
5495 static inline u8
*wdev_address(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
)
5498 return wdev
->netdev
->dev_addr
;
5499 return wdev
->address
;
5502 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
)
5505 return netif_running(wdev
->netdev
);
5506 return wdev
->is_running
;
5510 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
5512 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
5513 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
5515 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
)
5518 return wiphy_priv(wdev
->wiphy
);
5522 * DOC: Utility functions
5524 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5528 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
5530 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
5531 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
5532 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
5535 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel
*a
,
5536 struct ieee80211_channel
*b
)
5538 return (a
->center_freq
== b
->center_freq
&&
5539 a
->freq_offset
== b
->freq_offset
);
5543 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
5544 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
5545 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
5548 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
)
5550 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan
->center_freq
) + chan
->freq_offset
;
5554 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan
5556 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ
5558 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq
5560 enum nl80211_chan_width
5561 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
);
5564 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
5565 * @chan: channel number
5566 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5567 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5569 u32
ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan
, enum nl80211_band band
);
5572 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5573 * @chan: channel number
5574 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5575 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5578 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan
, enum nl80211_band band
)
5580 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan
, band
));
5584 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5585 * @freq: center frequency in KHz
5586 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5588 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq
);
5591 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5592 * @freq: center frequency in MHz
5593 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5596 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq
)
5598 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq
));
5602 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
5604 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5605 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
5606 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5608 struct ieee80211_channel
*
5609 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u32 freq
);
5612 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5614 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5615 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
5616 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5618 static inline struct ieee80211_channel
*
5619 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, int freq
)
5621 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy
, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq
));
5625 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
5626 * @chan: control channel to check
5628 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
5629 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
5631 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
)
5633 if (chan
->band
!= NL80211_BAND_6GHZ
)
5636 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan
->center_freq
) % 16 == 5;
5640 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5642 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5643 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5644 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5646 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5647 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5648 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5649 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5651 const struct ieee80211_rate
*
5652 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band
*sband
,
5653 u32 basic_rates
, int bitrate
);
5656 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5657 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5658 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5660 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5661 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5663 u32
ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band
*sband
,
5664 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
);
5667 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5669 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5670 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst
5673 struct radiotap_align_size
{
5674 uint8_t align
:4, size
:4;
5677 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace
{
5678 const struct radiotap_align_size
*align_size
;
5684 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces
{
5685 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace
*ns
;
5690 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5691 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5692 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5693 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5694 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5695 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5696 * the beginning of the actual data portion
5697 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5698 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5699 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5700 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5701 * radiotap namespace or not
5703 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5704 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5705 * @_arg_index: next argument index
5706 * @_arg: next argument pointer
5707 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5708 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5709 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5710 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5711 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5714 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5715 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5718 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator
{
5719 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header
*_rtheader
;
5720 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces
*_vns
;
5721 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace
*current_namespace
;
5723 unsigned char *_arg
, *_next_ns_data
;
5724 __le32
*_next_bitmap
;
5726 unsigned char *this_arg
;
5734 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter
;
5739 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator
*iterator
,
5740 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header
*radiotap_header
,
5742 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces
*vns
);
5745 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator
*iterator
);
5748 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header
[6];
5749 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header
[6];
5752 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5756 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5757 * returns the 802.11 header length.
5759 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5760 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5763 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff
*skb
);
5766 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5767 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5768 * Return: The header length in bytes.
5770 unsigned int __attribute_const__
ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc
);
5773 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5774 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5775 * (first byte) will be accessed
5776 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5777 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5779 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr
*meshhdr
);
5782 * DOC: Data path helpers
5784 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5785 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5786 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5790 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5791 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5792 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5793 * of it being pushed into the SKB
5794 * @addr: the device MAC address
5795 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5796 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5797 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5799 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff
*skb
, struct ethhdr
*ehdr
,
5800 const u8
*addr
, enum nl80211_iftype iftype
,
5801 u8 data_offset
, bool is_amsdu
);
5804 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5805 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5806 * @addr: the device MAC address
5807 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5808 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5810 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff
*skb
, const u8
*addr
,
5811 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
)
5813 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb
, NULL
, addr
, iftype
, 0, false);
5817 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5819 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5820 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5821 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5823 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5824 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5825 * initialized by the caller.
5826 * @addr: The device MAC address.
5827 * @iftype: The device interface type.
5828 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5829 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5830 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5832 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff
*skb
, struct sk_buff_head
*list
,
5833 const u8
*addr
, enum nl80211_iftype iftype
,
5834 const unsigned int extra_headroom
,
5835 const u8
*check_da
, const u8
*check_sa
);
5838 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5839 * @skb: the data frame
5840 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5841 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5843 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff
*skb
,
5844 struct cfg80211_qos_map
*qos_map
);
5847 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5850 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5851 * @len: length of data
5852 * @match: byte array to match
5853 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5854 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5855 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5856 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5857 * the data portion instead.
5859 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5860 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5861 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5862 * requested element struct.
5864 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5865 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5866 * byte array to match.
5868 const struct element
*
5869 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid
, const u8
*ies
, unsigned int len
,
5870 const u8
*match
, unsigned int match_len
,
5871 unsigned int match_offset
);
5874 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5877 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5878 * @len: length of data
5879 * @match: byte array to match
5880 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5881 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5882 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5883 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5884 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5885 * the second byte is the IE length.
5887 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5888 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5889 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5890 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5893 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5894 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5895 * byte array to match.
5897 static inline const u8
*
5898 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid
, const u8
*ies
, unsigned int len
,
5899 const u8
*match
, unsigned int match_len
,
5900 unsigned int match_offset
)
5902 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5903 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5905 if (WARN_ON((match_len
&& match_offset
< 2) ||
5906 (!match_len
&& match_offset
)))
5909 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid
, ies
, len
,
5912 match_offset
- 2 : 0);
5916 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5919 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5920 * @len: length of data
5922 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5923 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5924 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5925 * requested element struct.
5927 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5928 * having to fit into the given data.
5930 static inline const struct element
*
5931 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid
, const u8
*ies
, int len
)
5933 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid
, ies
, len
, NULL
, 0, 0);
5937 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5940 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5941 * @len: length of data
5943 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5944 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5945 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5946 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5948 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5949 * having to fit into the given data.
5951 static inline const u8
*cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid
, const u8
*ies
, int len
)
5953 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid
, ies
, len
, NULL
, 0, 0);
5957 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5959 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5960 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5961 * @len: length of data
5963 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5964 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5965 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5966 * requested element struct.
5968 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5969 * having to fit into the given data.
5971 static inline const struct element
*
5972 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid
, const u8
*ies
, int len
)
5974 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION
, ies
, len
,
5979 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5981 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5982 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5983 * @len: length of data
5985 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5986 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5987 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5988 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5990 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5991 * having to fit into the given data.
5993 static inline const u8
*cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid
, const u8
*ies
, int len
)
5995 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION
, ies
, len
,
6000 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
6003 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
6004 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6005 * @len: length of data
6007 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
6008 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
6009 * return the element structure for the requested element.
6011 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
6014 const struct element
*cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui
, int oui_type
,
6019 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
6022 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
6023 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
6024 * @len: length of data
6026 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
6027 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
6028 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
6031 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
6034 static inline const u8
*
6035 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui
, int oui_type
,
6036 const u8
*ies
, unsigned int len
)
6038 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui
, oui_type
, ies
, len
);
6042 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
6044 * @dev: network device
6045 * @addr: STA MAC address
6047 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
6048 * devices upon STA association.
6050 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*addr
);
6053 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
6059 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
6060 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
6062 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
6063 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
6064 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
6067 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
6068 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
6069 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
6070 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
6071 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
6072 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
6074 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
6075 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
6076 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
6078 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
6081 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
6083 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, const char *alpha2
);
6086 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
6087 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
6088 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
6090 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
6091 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
6094 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
6096 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6097 struct ieee80211_regdomain
*rd
);
6100 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers
6101 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
6102 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
6104 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and
6105 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details
6106 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
6108 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
6110 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6111 struct ieee80211_regdomain
*rd
);
6114 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
6115 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
6116 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
6118 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
6119 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
6120 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
6121 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
6122 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
6123 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
6124 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
6125 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
6126 * that called this helper.
6128 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6129 const struct ieee80211_regdomain
*regd
);
6132 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
6133 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
6134 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
6136 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
6137 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
6138 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
6139 * and processed already.
6141 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
6142 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
6143 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
6144 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
6145 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
6146 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
6147 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
6149 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule
*freq_reg_info(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6153 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
6154 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
6156 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
6157 * proper string representation.
6159 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator
);
6162 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
6163 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
6165 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
6167 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
6170 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
6175 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
6176 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
6178 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
6179 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
6180 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
6182 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
6183 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
6184 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
6186 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
6189 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
6191 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2
, int freq
,
6192 struct ieee80211_reg_rule
*rule
);
6195 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
6196 * functions and BSS handling helpers
6200 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
6202 * @request: the corresponding scan request
6203 * @info: information about the completed scan
6205 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request
*request
,
6206 struct cfg80211_scan_info
*info
);
6209 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
6211 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
6212 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6214 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u64 reqid
);
6217 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
6219 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
6220 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6222 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
6223 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
6224 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
6226 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u64 reqid
);
6229 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
6231 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
6232 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6234 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
6235 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
6236 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
6237 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held.
6239 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u64 reqid
);
6242 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
6243 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
6244 * @data: the BSS metadata
6245 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
6246 * @len: length of the management frame
6247 * @gfp: context flags
6249 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
6250 * the BSS should be updated/added.
6252 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
6253 * Or %NULL on error.
6255 struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6256 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6257 struct cfg80211_inform_bss
*data
,
6258 struct ieee80211_mgmt
*mgmt
, size_t len
,
6261 static inline struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6262 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6263 struct ieee80211_channel
*rx_channel
,
6264 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
,
6265 struct ieee80211_mgmt
*mgmt
, size_t len
,
6266 s32 signal
, gfp_t gfp
)
6268 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data
= {
6270 .scan_width
= scan_width
,
6274 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy
, &data
, mgmt
, len
, gfp
);
6277 static inline struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6278 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6279 struct ieee80211_channel
*rx_channel
,
6280 struct ieee80211_mgmt
*mgmt
, size_t len
,
6281 s32 signal
, gfp_t gfp
)
6283 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data
= {
6285 .scan_width
= NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20
,
6289 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy
, &data
, mgmt
, len
, gfp
);
6293 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
6294 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
6295 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
6296 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
6297 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
6299 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8
*bssid
, u8 max_bssid
,
6300 u8 mbssid_index
, u8
*new_bssid
)
6302 u64 bssid_u64
= ether_addr_to_u64(bssid
);
6303 u64 mask
= GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid
- 1, 0);
6306 new_bssid_u64
= bssid_u64
& ~mask
;
6308 new_bssid_u64
|= ((bssid_u64
& mask
) + mbssid_index
) & mask
;
6310 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64
, new_bssid
);
6314 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
6315 * @element: element to check
6316 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
6318 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element
*element
,
6319 const struct element
*non_inherit_element
);
6322 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
6324 * @ielen: length of IEs
6325 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
6326 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
6327 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
6328 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
6330 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8
*ie
, size_t ielen
,
6331 const struct element
*mbssid_elem
,
6332 const struct element
*sub_elem
,
6333 u8
*merged_ie
, size_t max_copy_len
);
6336 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
6337 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
6338 * from a beacon or probe response
6339 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
6340 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
6342 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type
{
6343 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN
,
6344 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON
,
6345 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP
,
6349 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
6351 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
6352 * @data: the BSS metadata
6353 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
6354 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
6355 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
6356 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
6357 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
6358 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
6359 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
6360 * @gfp: context flags
6362 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
6363 * the BSS should be updated/added.
6365 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
6366 * Or %NULL on error.
6368 struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6369 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6370 struct cfg80211_inform_bss
*data
,
6371 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype
,
6372 const u8
*bssid
, u64 tsf
, u16 capability
,
6373 u16 beacon_interval
, const u8
*ie
, size_t ielen
,
6376 static inline struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6377 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6378 struct ieee80211_channel
*rx_channel
,
6379 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
,
6380 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype
,
6381 const u8
*bssid
, u64 tsf
, u16 capability
,
6382 u16 beacon_interval
, const u8
*ie
, size_t ielen
,
6383 s32 signal
, gfp_t gfp
)
6385 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data
= {
6387 .scan_width
= scan_width
,
6391 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy
, &data
, ftype
, bssid
, tsf
,
6392 capability
, beacon_interval
, ie
, ielen
,
6396 static inline struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6397 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6398 struct ieee80211_channel
*rx_channel
,
6399 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype
,
6400 const u8
*bssid
, u64 tsf
, u16 capability
,
6401 u16 beacon_interval
, const u8
*ie
, size_t ielen
,
6402 s32 signal
, gfp_t gfp
)
6404 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data
= {
6406 .scan_width
= NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20
,
6410 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy
, &data
, ftype
, bssid
, tsf
,
6411 capability
, beacon_interval
, ie
, ielen
,
6416 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
6417 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6418 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
6419 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
6420 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
6421 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
6422 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
6423 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
6425 struct cfg80211_bss
*cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6426 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
,
6428 const u8
*ssid
, size_t ssid_len
,
6429 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type
,
6430 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy
);
6431 static inline struct cfg80211_bss
*
6432 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6433 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
,
6434 const u8
*ssid
, size_t ssid_len
)
6436 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy
, channel
, NULL
, ssid
, ssid_len
,
6437 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS
,
6438 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
);
6442 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
6443 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6444 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
6446 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6448 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
);
6451 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
6452 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6453 * @bss: the BSS struct
6455 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6457 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
);
6460 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
6462 * @bss: the bss to remove
6464 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
6465 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
6466 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
6467 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
6469 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
);
6472 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
6474 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
6475 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
6476 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
6479 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
6480 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
6481 * @iter: the iterator function to call
6482 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
6484 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6485 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
6486 void (*iter
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6487 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
,
6491 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
6492 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
6494 switch (chandef
->width
) {
6495 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5
:
6496 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5
;
6497 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10
:
6498 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10
;
6500 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20
;
6505 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
6506 * @dev: network device
6507 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
6508 * @len: length of the frame data
6510 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
6511 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
6512 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
6513 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6514 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6515 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6516 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
6517 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
6518 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
6519 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
6521 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6523 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*buf
, size_t len
);
6526 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
6527 * @dev: network device
6528 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
6530 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
6533 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*addr
);
6536 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
6537 * @dev: network device
6538 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
6539 * moves to cfg80211 in this call
6540 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
6541 * @len: length of the frame data
6542 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
6543 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
6544 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
6545 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
6547 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6548 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6550 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6552 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device
*dev
,
6553 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
,
6554 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
,
6556 const u8
*req_ies
, size_t req_ies_len
);
6559 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
6560 * @dev: network device
6561 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
6563 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6565 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device
*dev
, struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
);
6568 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
6569 * @dev: network device
6570 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
6572 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
6573 * an association attempt was abandoned.
6574 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6576 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device
*dev
, struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
);
6579 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
6580 * @dev: network device
6581 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
6582 * @len: length of the frame data
6583 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute)
6585 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
6586 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
6587 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
6588 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
6590 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*buf
, size_t len
,
6594 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
6595 * @dev: network device
6596 * @buf: received management frame (header + body)
6597 * @len: length of the frame data
6599 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
6600 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
6601 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon
6602 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while
6603 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
6605 * This function may sleep.
6607 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device
*dev
,
6608 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
);
6611 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
6612 * @dev: network device
6613 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
6614 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6615 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6616 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6617 * @gfp: allocation flags
6619 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6620 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6623 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*addr
,
6624 enum nl80211_key_type key_type
, int key_id
,
6625 const u8
*tsc
, gfp_t gfp
);
6628 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6630 * @dev: network device
6631 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6632 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6633 * @gfp: allocation flags
6635 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6636 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6637 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6638 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6639 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6640 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6642 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
6643 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
, gfp_t gfp
);
6646 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer
6649 * @dev: network device
6650 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6651 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6652 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6653 * @gfp: allocation flags
6655 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6656 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6657 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6659 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device
*dev
,
6660 const u8
*macaddr
, const u8
*ie
, u8 ie_len
,
6661 int sig_dbm
, gfp_t gfp
);
6664 * DOC: RFkill integration
6666 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6667 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6668 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6669 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6670 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6672 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6673 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6674 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6678 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6680 * @blocked: block status
6681 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons
6683 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, bool blocked
,
6684 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason
);
6686 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, bool blocked
)
6688 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy
, blocked
,
6689 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL
);
6693 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6696 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
6699 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6702 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
6704 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy
->rfkill
);
6708 * DOC: Vendor commands
6710 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6711 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6712 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6713 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6714 * the configuration mechanism.
6716 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6717 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6718 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6720 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6721 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6722 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6723 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6724 * managers etc. need.
6727 struct sk_buff
*__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6728 enum nl80211_commands cmd
,
6729 enum nl80211_attrs attr
,
6732 struct sk_buff
*__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6733 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
6734 enum nl80211_commands cmd
,
6735 enum nl80211_attrs attr
,
6736 unsigned int portid
,
6737 int vendor_event_idx
,
6738 int approxlen
, gfp_t gfp
);
6740 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff
*skb
, gfp_t gfp
);
6743 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6745 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6746 * be put into the skb
6748 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6749 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6750 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6752 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6753 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6754 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6755 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6756 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6757 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6758 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6760 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6761 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6763 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6765 static inline struct sk_buff
*
6766 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, int approxlen
)
6768 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy
, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR
,
6769 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA
, approxlen
);
6773 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6774 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6775 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6777 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6778 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6779 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
6780 * skb regardless of the return value.
6782 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6784 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff
*skb
);
6787 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID
6790 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6791 * Valid to call only there.
6793 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
6796 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6798 * @wdev: the wireless device
6799 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6800 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6801 * be put into the skb
6802 * @gfp: allocation flags
6804 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6805 * vendor-specific multicast group.
6807 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6808 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6811 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6812 * skb to send the event.
6814 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6816 static inline struct sk_buff
*
6817 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
6818 int approxlen
, int event_idx
, gfp_t gfp
)
6820 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy
, wdev
, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR
,
6821 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA
,
6822 0, event_idx
, approxlen
, gfp
);
6826 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6828 * @wdev: the wireless device
6829 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6830 * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6831 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6832 * be put into the skb
6833 * @gfp: allocation flags
6835 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6836 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6837 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6838 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6840 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6841 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6844 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6845 * skb to send the event.
6847 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6849 static inline struct sk_buff
*
6850 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6851 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
6852 unsigned int portid
, int approxlen
,
6853 int event_idx
, gfp_t gfp
)
6855 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy
, wdev
, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR
,
6856 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA
,
6857 portid
, event_idx
, approxlen
, gfp
);
6861 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6862 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6863 * @gfp: allocation flags
6865 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6866 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6868 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff
*skb
, gfp_t gfp
)
6870 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb
, gfp
);
6873 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6877 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6878 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6879 * factory programming.
6881 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6882 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6886 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6888 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6889 * be put into the skb
6891 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6892 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6893 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6895 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6896 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6897 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6898 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6899 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6900 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6901 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6903 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6904 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6906 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6908 static inline struct sk_buff
*
6909 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, int approxlen
)
6911 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy
, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE
,
6912 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA
, approxlen
);
6916 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6917 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6918 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6920 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6921 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6922 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
6923 * regardless of the return value.
6925 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6927 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff
*skb
)
6929 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb
);
6933 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6935 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6936 * be put into the skb
6937 * @gfp: allocation flags
6939 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6940 * testmode multicast group.
6942 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6943 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6944 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6945 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6948 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6949 * skb to send the event.
6951 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6953 static inline struct sk_buff
*
6954 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, int approxlen
, gfp_t gfp
)
6956 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy
, NULL
, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE
,
6957 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA
, 0, -1,
6962 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6963 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6964 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6965 * @gfp: allocation flags
6967 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6968 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6971 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff
*skb
, gfp_t gfp
)
6973 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb
, gfp
);
6976 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6977 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
6979 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6980 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6984 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6985 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6986 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6987 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6988 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6989 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6990 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6991 * status for a FILS connection.
6992 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6993 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6994 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6995 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6997 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params
{
7000 bool update_erp_next_seq_num
;
7001 u16 erp_next_seq_num
;
7008 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
7009 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
7010 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
7011 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
7012 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
7013 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
7014 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
7015 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
7017 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
7018 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
7019 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
7020 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
7021 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
7022 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
7023 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
7024 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
7025 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
7026 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7027 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
7028 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
7029 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
7030 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
7031 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
7032 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
7033 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
7034 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
7036 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params
{
7039 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
;
7044 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils
;
7045 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason
;
7049 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
7051 * @dev: network device
7052 * @params: connection response parameters
7053 * @gfp: allocation flags
7055 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
7056 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
7057 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
7058 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
7059 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
7060 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7062 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device
*dev
,
7063 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params
*params
,
7067 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
7069 * @dev: network device
7070 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7071 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
7072 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
7073 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
7074 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
7075 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
7076 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
7077 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7078 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7079 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7080 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
7081 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
7082 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
7083 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
7084 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
7085 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
7086 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
7087 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
7089 * @gfp: allocation flags
7090 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
7091 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
7092 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
7093 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
7094 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
7095 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
7097 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
7098 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
7099 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
7100 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
7101 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
7102 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7105 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
7106 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
, const u8
*req_ie
,
7107 size_t req_ie_len
, const u8
*resp_ie
,
7108 size_t resp_ie_len
, int status
, gfp_t gfp
,
7109 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason
)
7111 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params
;
7113 memset(¶ms
, 0, sizeof(params
));
7114 params
.status
= status
;
7115 params
.bssid
= bssid
;
7117 params
.req_ie
= req_ie
;
7118 params
.req_ie_len
= req_ie_len
;
7119 params
.resp_ie
= resp_ie
;
7120 params
.resp_ie_len
= resp_ie_len
;
7121 params
.timeout_reason
= timeout_reason
;
7123 cfg80211_connect_done(dev
, ¶ms
, gfp
);
7127 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
7129 * @dev: network device
7130 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7131 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7132 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7133 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7134 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
7135 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
7136 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
7137 * the real status code for failures.
7138 * @gfp: allocation flags
7140 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
7141 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
7142 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
7143 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
7144 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7147 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
7148 const u8
*req_ie
, size_t req_ie_len
,
7149 const u8
*resp_ie
, size_t resp_ie_len
,
7150 u16 status
, gfp_t gfp
)
7152 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev
, bssid
, NULL
, req_ie
, req_ie_len
, resp_ie
,
7153 resp_ie_len
, status
, gfp
,
7154 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED
);
7158 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
7160 * @dev: network device
7161 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7162 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7163 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7164 * @gfp: allocation flags
7165 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
7167 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
7168 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
7169 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
7170 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
7171 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
7172 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
7173 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7176 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
7177 const u8
*req_ie
, size_t req_ie_len
, gfp_t gfp
,
7178 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason
)
7180 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev
, bssid
, NULL
, req_ie
, req_ie_len
, NULL
, 0, -1,
7181 gfp
, timeout_reason
);
7185 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
7187 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
7188 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
7189 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
7190 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7191 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7192 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7193 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
7194 * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
7196 struct cfg80211_roam_info
{
7197 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
;
7198 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
;
7204 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils
;
7208 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
7210 * @dev: network device
7211 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
7212 * @gfp: allocation flags
7214 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
7215 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
7216 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
7217 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
7218 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
7219 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
7220 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
7221 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
7222 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
7223 * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
7225 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device
*dev
, struct cfg80211_roam_info
*info
,
7229 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
7231 * @dev: network device
7232 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7233 * @gfp: allocation flags
7235 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
7236 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
7237 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
7238 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
7239 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
7240 * indicate the 802.11 association.
7242 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
7246 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
7248 * @dev: network device
7249 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
7250 * @ie_len: length of IEs
7251 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
7252 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
7253 * @gfp: allocation flags
7255 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
7256 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
7258 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device
*dev
, u16 reason
,
7259 const u8
*ie
, size_t ie_len
,
7260 bool locally_generated
, gfp_t gfp
);
7263 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
7264 * @wdev: wireless device
7265 * @cookie: the request cookie
7266 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
7267 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
7269 * @gfp: allocation flags
7271 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, u64 cookie
,
7272 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
,
7273 unsigned int duration
, gfp_t gfp
);
7276 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
7277 * @wdev: wireless device
7278 * @cookie: the request cookie
7279 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
7280 * @gfp: allocation flags
7282 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, u64 cookie
,
7283 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
,
7287 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
7288 * @wdev: wireless device
7289 * @cookie: the requested cookie
7290 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
7291 * @gfp: allocation flags
7293 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, u64 cookie
,
7294 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
, gfp_t gfp
);
7297 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
7299 * @sinfo: the station information
7300 * @gfp: allocation flags
7302 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info
*sinfo
, gfp_t gfp
);
7305 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
7306 * @sinfo: the station information
7308 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
7309 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
7312 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info
*sinfo
)
7314 kfree(sinfo
->pertid
);
7318 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
7321 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7322 * @sinfo: the station information
7323 * @gfp: allocation flags
7325 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
7326 struct station_info
*sinfo
, gfp_t gfp
);
7329 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
7331 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7332 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
7333 * @gfp: allocation flags
7335 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
7336 struct station_info
*sinfo
, gfp_t gfp
);
7339 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
7342 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7343 * @gfp: allocation flags
7345 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device
*dev
,
7346 const u8
*mac_addr
, gfp_t gfp
)
7348 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev
, mac_addr
, NULL
, gfp
);
7352 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
7355 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7356 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
7357 * @gfp: allocation flags
7359 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
7360 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
7361 * for some reasons, this function is called.
7363 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
7364 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
7366 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
7367 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason
,
7371 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
7372 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7373 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz
7374 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7375 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7376 * @len: length of the frame data
7377 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
7379 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
7380 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
7382 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
7383 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
7384 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
7385 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
7387 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, int freq
, int sig_dbm
,
7388 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
, u32 flags
);
7391 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
7392 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7393 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
7394 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7395 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7396 * @len: length of the frame data
7397 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
7399 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
7400 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
7402 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
7403 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
7404 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
7405 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
7407 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, int freq
,
7408 int sig_dbm
, const u8
*buf
, size_t len
,
7411 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev
, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq
), sig_dbm
, buf
, len
,
7416 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
7417 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7418 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
7419 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7420 * @len: length of the frame data
7421 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
7422 * @gfp: context flags
7424 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
7425 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
7426 * transmission attempt.
7428 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, u64 cookie
,
7429 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
, bool ack
, gfp_t gfp
);
7432 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control
7434 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7435 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port()
7436 * @buf: Data frame (header + body)
7437 * @len: length of the frame data
7438 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
7439 * @gfp: context flags
7441 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be
7442 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of
7443 * the transmission attempt.
7445 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, u64 cookie
,
7446 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
, bool ack
,
7450 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
7451 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7452 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf
7453 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear.
7454 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
7455 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that
7456 * skb->protocol is set appropriately.
7457 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
7459 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
7460 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
7461 * control port frames over nl80211.
7463 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
7464 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
7466 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
7468 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device
*dev
,
7469 struct sk_buff
*skb
, bool unencrypted
);
7472 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
7473 * @dev: network device
7474 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
7475 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
7476 * @gfp: context flags
7478 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
7479 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
7481 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device
*dev
,
7482 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event
,
7483 s32 rssi_level
, gfp_t gfp
);
7486 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
7487 * @dev: network device
7488 * @peer: peer's MAC address
7489 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
7490 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
7491 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
7492 * @gfp: context flags
7494 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device
*dev
,
7495 const u8
*peer
, u32 num_packets
, gfp_t gfp
);
7498 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
7499 * @dev: network device
7500 * @peer: peer's MAC address
7501 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
7502 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
7503 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
7504 * @gfp: context flags
7506 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
7507 * given interval is exceeded.
7509 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*peer
,
7510 u32 num_packets
, u32 rate
, u32 intvl
, gfp_t gfp
);
7513 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
7514 * @dev: network device
7515 * @gfp: context flags
7517 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
7519 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device
*dev
, gfp_t gfp
);
7522 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
7524 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7525 * @gfp: context flags
7527 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
7529 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7530 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
, gfp_t gfp
);
7533 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
7534 * @dev: network device
7535 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
7536 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
7537 * @gfp: context flags
7539 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
7542 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*mac
,
7543 struct sta_opmode_info
*sta_opmode
,
7547 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
7548 * @netdev: network device
7549 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7550 * @event: type of event
7551 * @gfp: context flags
7553 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
7554 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
7555 * also by full-MAC drivers.
7557 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device
*netdev
,
7558 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
7559 enum nl80211_radar_event event
, gfp_t gfp
);
7563 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
7564 * @dev: network device
7565 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
7566 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
7567 * @gfp: allocation flags
7569 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
7570 const u8
*replay_ctr
, gfp_t gfp
);
7573 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
7574 * @dev: network device
7575 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
7576 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
7577 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
7578 * @gfp: allocation flags
7580 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device
*dev
, int index
,
7581 const u8
*bssid
, bool preauth
, gfp_t gfp
);
7584 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
7585 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7586 * @addr: the transmitter address
7587 * @gfp: context flags
7589 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7590 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
7592 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7593 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7595 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device
*dev
,
7596 const u8
*addr
, gfp_t gfp
);
7599 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
7600 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7601 * @addr: the transmitter address
7602 * @gfp: context flags
7604 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7605 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
7606 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
7607 * station to avoid event flooding.
7608 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7609 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7611 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device
*dev
,
7612 const u8
*addr
, gfp_t gfp
);
7615 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
7616 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
7617 * @addr: the address of the peer
7618 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
7619 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
7620 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
7621 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
7622 * @gfp: allocation flags
7624 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*addr
,
7625 u64 cookie
, bool acked
, s32 ack_signal
,
7626 bool is_valid_ack_signal
, gfp_t gfp
);
7629 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs
7630 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7632 * @len: length of the frame
7633 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz
7634 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7636 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7637 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7638 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7640 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, const u8
*frame
,
7641 size_t len
, int freq
, int sig_dbm
);
7644 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
7645 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7647 * @len: length of the frame
7648 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
7649 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7651 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7652 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7653 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7655 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7656 const u8
*frame
, size_t len
,
7657 int freq
, int sig_dbm
)
7659 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy
, frame
, len
, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq
),
7664 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
7666 * @chandef: the channel definition
7667 * @iftype: interface type
7669 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7670 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
7672 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7673 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
7674 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
);
7677 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
7679 * @chandef: the channel definition
7680 * @iftype: interface type
7682 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7683 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
7684 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
7685 * more permissive conditions.
7687 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held.
7689 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7690 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
7691 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
);
7694 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7695 * @dev: the device which switched channels
7696 * @chandef: the new channel definition
7698 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7701 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device
*dev
,
7702 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
7705 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7706 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7707 * @chandef: the future channel definition
7708 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7709 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP
7711 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7712 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7713 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7715 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device
*dev
,
7716 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
7717 u8 count
, bool quiet
);
7720 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7722 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7723 * @band: band pointer to fill
7725 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7727 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class
,
7728 enum nl80211_band
*band
);
7731 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7733 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7734 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7736 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7738 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
7742 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
7744 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7746 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
7749 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
7751 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef
->center_freq1
) + chandef
->freq1_offset
;
7755 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7756 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7757 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7758 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7759 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7760 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7761 * @gfp: allocation flags
7763 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7764 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7765 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7766 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7767 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7769 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*peer
,
7770 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper
,
7771 u16 reason_code
, gfp_t gfp
);
7774 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7775 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7777 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7779 u32
cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info
*rate
);
7782 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7783 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7785 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary
7786 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device
7787 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called
7788 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device
7789 * is unbound from the driver.
7791 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
7793 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
7796 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev
7797 * @dev: the netdev to register
7799 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
7800 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is
7801 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable
7804 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
7806 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device
*dev
);
7809 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev
7810 * @dev: the netdev to register
7812 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather
7813 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL
7814 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are
7815 * usable instead as well.
7817 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held.
7819 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device
*dev
)
7821 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev
->ieee80211_ptr
);
7825 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements
7827 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7828 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7830 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7832 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params
{
7835 const u8
*target_ap
;
7841 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7842 * @netdev: network device
7843 * @ft_event: IE information
7845 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device
*netdev
,
7846 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params
*ft_event
);
7849 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7850 * @ies: the input IE buffer
7851 * @len: the input length
7852 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7853 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7854 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7855 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7857 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7858 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7860 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7861 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7862 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7864 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8
*ies
, unsigned int len
,
7865 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr
,
7866 u8
*buf
, unsigned int bufsize
);
7869 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7870 * @ies: the IE buffer
7871 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7872 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7873 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7874 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7875 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7876 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7877 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7878 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7880 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7881 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7884 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7885 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7887 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7888 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7889 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7891 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7892 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7893 * of the buffer should be used.
7895 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8
*ies
, size_t ielen
,
7896 const u8
*ids
, int n_ids
,
7897 const u8
*after_ric
, int n_after_ric
,
7901 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7902 * @ies: the IE buffer
7903 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7904 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7905 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7906 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7907 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7908 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7910 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7911 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7914 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7915 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7917 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7918 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7919 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7921 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7922 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7923 * of the buffer should be used.
7925 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8
*ies
, size_t ielen
,
7926 const u8
*ids
, int n_ids
, size_t offset
)
7928 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies
, ielen
, ids
, n_ids
, NULL
, 0, offset
);
7932 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7933 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7934 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7935 * @gfp: allocation flags
7937 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7938 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7939 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7940 * else caused the wakeup.
7942 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
7943 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup
*wakeup
,
7947 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7949 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7950 * @gfp: allocation flags
7952 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7953 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7954 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7956 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, gfp_t gfp
);
7959 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7962 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7964 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
7967 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7970 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7972 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7973 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7974 * the interface combinations.
7976 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7977 struct iface_combination_params
*params
);
7980 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7983 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7984 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7985 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7987 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7988 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7991 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7992 struct iface_combination_params
*params
,
7993 void (*iter
)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination
*c
,
7998 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
8001 * @wdev: wireless device
8002 * @gfp: context flags
8004 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
8007 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
8009 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
8013 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
8014 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
8016 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
8017 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
8018 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
8019 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
8021 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
8022 * the driver while the function is running.
8024 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
8027 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
8029 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
8030 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
8032 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
8033 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
8035 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
8036 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx
)
8040 ft_byte
= &wiphy
->ext_features
[ftidx
/ 8];
8041 *ft_byte
|= BIT(ftidx
% 8);
8045 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
8047 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
8048 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
8050 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
8051 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
8054 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
8055 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx
)
8059 ft_byte
= wiphy
->ext_features
[ftidx
/ 8];
8060 return (ft_byte
& BIT(ftidx
% 8)) != 0;
8064 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
8065 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
8067 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
8069 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func
*f
);
8072 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
8073 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
8074 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
8075 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
8077 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
8078 * @inst_id: the local instance id
8079 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
8080 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
8081 * @info_len: the length of the &info
8082 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
8083 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
8085 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params
{
8086 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type
;
8096 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
8097 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
8098 * @match: match notification parameters
8099 * @gfp: allocation flags
8101 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
8102 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
8103 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
8105 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
8106 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params
*match
, gfp_t gfp
);
8109 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
8111 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
8112 * @inst_id: the local instance id
8113 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
8114 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
8115 * @gfp: allocation flags
8117 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
8119 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
8121 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason
,
8122 u64 cookie
, gfp_t gfp
);
8124 /* ethtool helper */
8125 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device
*dev
, struct ethtool_drvinfo
*info
);
8128 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
8129 * @netdev: network device
8130 * @params: External authentication parameters
8131 * @gfp: allocation flags
8132 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
8134 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device
*netdev
,
8135 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params
*params
,
8139 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
8140 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
8141 * @req: the original measurement request
8142 * @result: the result data
8143 * @gfp: allocation flags
8145 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
8146 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request
*req
,
8147 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result
*result
,
8151 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
8152 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
8153 * @req: the original measurement request
8154 * @gfp: allocation flags
8156 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
8157 * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
8159 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
8160 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request
*req
,
8164 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
8166 * @iftype: interface type
8167 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
8168 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
8170 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
8171 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
8172 * check_swif is '1'.
8174 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, enum nl80211_iftype iftype
,
8175 bool is_4addr
, u8 check_swif
);
8178 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
8180 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
8182 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
8183 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8184 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
8185 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8186 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
8187 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8188 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
8189 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8190 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
8191 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8192 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
8193 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8194 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
8195 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8196 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
8197 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8198 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \
8199 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8201 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
8202 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8203 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
8204 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8206 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
8207 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
8209 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
8210 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8212 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
8213 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
8215 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
8218 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
8224 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
8225 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
8226 * file/line information and a backtrace.
8228 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
8229 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
8232 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
8233 * @netdev: network device
8234 * @owe_info: peer's owe info
8235 * @gfp: allocation flags
8237 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device
*netdev
,
8238 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info
*owe_info
,
8242 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries
8245 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
8248 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event
8249 * @dev: network device
8250 * @gfp: allocation flags
8251 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify
8252 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
8253 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
8255 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device
*dev
, gfp_t gfp
,
8256 enum nl80211_commands cmd
, u8 count
,
8260 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision
8261 * @dev: network device
8262 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of
8264 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device
*dev
,
8267 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev
, GFP_KERNEL
,
8268 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION
,
8273 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start
8274 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
8275 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens
8277 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started.
8279 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device
*dev
,
8282 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev
, GFP_KERNEL
,
8283 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED
,
8288 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort
8289 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched
8291 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted.
8293 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device
*dev
)
8295 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev
, GFP_KERNEL
,
8296 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED
,
8301 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion
8302 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched
8304 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed.
8306 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device
*dev
)
8308 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev
, GFP_KERNEL
,
8309 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED
,
8313 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */